Dalil
Sunan Ibn Majah

6. Establishment the Prayer

  1. Sunan Ibn Majah 803Sahih

    كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ إِذَا قَامَ إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ اسْتَقْبَلَ الْقِبْلَةَ وَرَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ وَقَالَ اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ

    “I heard Abu Humaid As-Sa’idi say: ‘When the Messenger of Allah ﷺ stood up for prayer, he would face the prayer direction, raise his hands, and say: “Allahu Akbar (Allah is Most Great).”

  2. Sunan Ibn Majah 804Hasan or sahih

    كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ يَسْتَفْتِحُ صَلاَتَهُ يَقُولُ سُبْحَانَكَ اللَّهُمَّ وَبِحَمْدِكَ وَتَبَارَكَ اسْمُكَ وَتَعَالَى جَدُّكَ وَلاَ إِلَهَ غَيْرُكَ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to start his prayer by saying: ‘Subhanaka Allahumma wa bi hamdika, wa tabarakas-muka, wa ta’ala jadduka, wa la ilaha ghairuka (Glory and praise be to You, O Allah, blessed be Your Name and exalted be Your majesty, none has the right to be worshipped but you).”

  3. Sunan Ibn Majah 805Sahih

    كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ إِذَا كَبَّرَ سَكَتَ بَيْنَ التَّكْبِيرِ وَالْقِرَاءَةِ قَالَ فَقُلْتُ بِأَبِي أَنْتَ وَأُمِّي أَرَأَيْتَ سُكُوتَكَ بَيْنَ التَّكْبِيرِ وَالْقِرَاءَةِ فَأَخْبِرْنِي مَا تَقُولُ قَالَ أَقُولُ اللَّهُمَّ بَاعِدْ بَيْنِي وَبَيْنَ خَطَايَاىَ كَمَا بَاعَدْتَ بَيْنَ الْمَشْرِقِ وَالْمَغْرِبِ اللَّهُمَّ نَقِّنِي مِنْ خَطَايَاىَ كَالثَّوْبِ الأَبْيَضِ مِنَ الدَّنَسِ اللَّهُمَّ اغْسِلْنِي مِنْ خَطَايَاىَ بِالْمَاءِ وَالثَّلْجِ وَالْبَرَدِ

    “When the Messenger of Allah ﷺ said the Takbir (Allah Akbar), he would remain silent between the Takbir and the recitation. I said: ‘May my father and mother be ransomed for you! I noticed that you are silent between the Takbir and the recitation; please tell me what you say then.’ He said: ‘I say: ‘Allahumma ba’id baini wa baina khatayaya kama ba’adta bainal-mashriqi wal-maghrib; Allahumma naqqini min khatayay kath-thawbil abyad minad- danas; Allahummaghsilni min khatayaya bil-ma’i waththalji wal-barad (O Allah, distance me from my sins as You have distanced the east from the west; O Allah purify me of my sins as a white garment is purified of dirt; O Allah, cleanse me of my sins with water and snow and hail).”

  4. Sunan Ibn Majah 806Hasan or sahih

    كَانَ إِذَا افْتَتَحَ الصَّلاَةَ قَالَ سُبْحَانَكَ اللَّهُمَّ وَبِحَمْدِكَ تَبَارَكَ اسْمُكَ وَتَعَالَى جَدُّكَ وَلاَ إِلَهَ غَيْرُكَ

    “Subhanak Allahumma wa bi hamdika, wa tabarakas- muka wa ta’ala jadduka, wa la ilaha ghayruk (Glory and praise is to You, O Allah, blessed is Your Name and exalted is Your majesty, none has the right to be worshipped but You).”

  5. Sunan Ibn Majah 807Graders disagree

    رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ حِينَ دَخَلَ فِي الصَّلاَةِ قَالَ اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ كَبِيرًا اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ كَبِيرًا ثَلاَثًا الْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ كَثِيرًا الْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ كَثِيرًا ثَلاَثًا سُبْحَانَ اللَّهِ بُكْرَةً وَأَصِيلاً ثَلاَثَ مَرَّاتٍ اللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أَعُوذُ بِكَ مِنَ الشَّيْطَانِ الرَّجِيمِ مِنْ هَمْزِهِ وَنَفْخِهِ وَنَفْثِهِ

    “I saw the Messenger of Allah ﷺ when he started the prayer. He said: ‘Allahu Akbaru kabiran, Allahu Akbaru kabiran (Allah is the Most Great indeed),’ three times; ‘Al-hamdu Lillahi kathiran, al-hamdu Lillahi kathiran (Much praise is to Allah),’ three times; ‘Subhan Allahi bukratan wa asilan (Glory is to Allah morning and evening),’ three times; ‘Allahumma inni a’udhu bika minash-Shaitanir-rajim, min hamzihi wa nafkhihi wa nafthihi (O Allah, I seek refuge in You from the accursed Satan, from his madness, his poetry, and his pride).”

  6. Sunan Ibn Majah 808Graders disagree

    اللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أَعُوذُ بِكَ مِنَ الشَّيْطَانِ الرَّجِيمِ وَهَمْزِهِ وَنَفْخِهِ وَنَفْثِهِ

    “Allahumma inni a’udhu bika minash-Shaitanir-rajim, wa hamzihi wa nafkhihi wa nafthihi (O Allah, I seek refuge in You from the accursed Satan, from his madness, his pride, and his poetry).”

  7. Sunan Ibn Majah 809Hasan or sahih

    كَانَ النَّبِيُّ ﷺ يَؤُمُّنَا فَيَأْخُذُ شِمَالَهُ بِيَمِينِهِ

    “The Prophet ﷺ used to lead us in prayer, and he would take hold of his left hand with his right.”

  8. Sunan Ibn Majah 810Sahih

    رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ ﷺ يُصَلِّي فَأَخَذَ شِمَالَهُ بِيَمِينِهِ

    “I saw the Prophet ﷺ performing prayer, and he took hold of his left hand with his right.”

  9. Sunan Ibn Majah 811Hasan or sahih

    مَرَّ بِي النَّبِيُّ ﷺ وَأَنَا وَاضِعٌ يَدِي الْيُسْرَى عَلَى الْيُمْنَى فَأَخَذَ بِيَدِي الْيُمْنَى فَوَضَعَهَا عَلَى الْيُسْرَى

    “The Prophet ﷺ passed by me, and I was putting my left hand on my right. He took hold of my right hand and put it on my left.”

  10. Sunan Ibn Majah 812Sahih

    كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ يَفْتَتِحُ الْقِرَاءَةَ بِ {الْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ رَبِّ الْعَالَمِينَ }

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ, Abu Bakr, ‘Umar and ‘Uthman used to start their recitation with “All praises and thanks are to Allah, the Lord of all that exists. (Al- hamdu Lillahi Rabbil-‘Alamin).’” [1:2]

  11. Sunan Ibn Majah 813Sahih

    كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ وَأَبُو بَكْرٍ وَعُمَرُ يَفْتَتِحُونَ الْقِرَاءَةَ بِ {الْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ رَبِّ الْعَالَمِينَ}

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ, Abu Bakr and ‘Umar used to start their recitation with ‘All the praises and thanks are to Allah, the Lord of all that exists (Al-hamdu Lillahi Rabbil-‘Alamin).” [1:2]

  12. Sunan Ibn Majah 814Sahih

    كَانَ يَفْتَتِحُ الْقِرَاءَةَ بِ {الْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ رَبِّ الْعَالَمِينَ}

    It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Prophet ﷺ used to start his recitation with ‘All the praises and thanks are to Allah, the Lord of all that exists’ (Al-hamdu Lillahi Rabbil-‘Alamin),’ [1:2]

  13. Sunan Ibn Majah 815Weak

    وَقَلَّمَا رَأَيْتُ رَجُلاً أَشَدَّ عَلَيْهِ فِي الإِسْلاَمِ حَدَثًا مِنْهُ فَسَمِعَنِي وَأَنَا أَقْرَأُ {بِسْمِ اللَّهِ الرَّحْمَنِ الرَّحِيمِ} فَقَالَ أَىْ بُنَىَّ إِيَّاكَ وَالْحَدَثَ فَإِنِّي صَلَّيْتُ مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ وَمَعَ أَبِي بَكْرٍ وَمَعَ عُمَرَ وَمَعَ عُثْمَانَ فَلَمْ أَسْمَعْ رَجُلاً مِنْهُمْ يَقُولُهُ فَإِذَا قَرَأْتَ فَقُلِ {الْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ رَبِّ الْعَالَمِينَ}

    “I have rarely seen a man for whom innovation in Islam was harder to bear than him. He heard me reciting: ‘In the Name of Allah, the Most Gracious, the Most Merciful’ Bismillahir-Rahmanir-Rahim [1:1] and he said: ‘O my son, beware of innovation, for I prayed with the Messenger of Allah ﷺ, and with Abu Bakr, and with ‘Umar, and with ‘Uthman, and I never heard any of them saying this. When you (begin to) recite, say: ‘All the praises and thanks are to Allah, the Lord of all that exists.’ (Al-hamdu Lillahi Rabbil-‘Alamin).’” [1:2]

  14. Sunan Ibn Majah 816Sahih

    سَمِعَ النَّبِيَّ ﷺ يَقْرَأُ فِي الصُّبْحِ {وَالنَّخْلَ بَاسِقَاتٍ لَهَا طَلْعٌ نَضِيدٌ }

    “And tall date palms, with ranged clusters” [50:10] in the Subh.

  15. Sunan Ibn Majah 817Hasan or sahih

    صَلَّيْنَا مَعَ النَّبِيِّ ﷺ فَكَانَ يَقْرَأُ فِي الْفَجْرِ فَكَأَنِّي أَسْمَعُ قِرَاءَتَهُ {فَلاَ أُقْسِمُ بِالْخُنَّسِ الْجَوَارِ الْكُنَّسِ}

    “I performed prayer with the Prophet ﷺ when he was reciting in the Fajr, and it is as if I can hear him reciting: ‘So verily, I swear by the planets that recede. And by the planets that move swiftly and hide themselves.’”[81:15-16]

  16. Sunan Ibn Majah 818Sahih

    كَانَ يَقْرَأُ فِي الْفَجْرِ مَا بَيْنَ السِّتِّينَ إِلَى الْمِائَةِ

    It was narrated from Abu Barzah that the Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to recite between sixty and one hundred (Verses) in Fajr prayer.

  17. Sunan Ibn Majah 819Sahih

    كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ يُصَلِّي بِنَا فَيُطِيلُ فِي الرَّكْعَةِ الأُولَى مِنَ الظُّهْرِ وَيُقْصِرُ فِي الثَّانِيَةِ وَكَذَلِكَ فِي الصُّبْحِ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to lead us in prayer, and he would lengthen the first Rak’ah of the Zuhr and shorten the second Rak’ah, and he would do likewise in the Subh.”

  18. Sunan Ibn Majah 820Sahih

    قَرَأَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ فِي صَلاَةِ الصُّبْحِ ب {الْمُؤْمِنُونَ} فَلَمَّا أَتَى عَلَى ذِكْرِ عِيسَى أَصَابَتْهُ شَرْقَةٌ فَرَكَعَ يَعْنِي سَعْلَةً

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ recited Al-Mu’minun [Al-Mu’minun 23] in the Subh prayer, and when he came to the mention of ‘Eisa, he was overcome with a cough, so he bowed in Ruku’.”

  19. Sunan Ibn Majah 821Sahih

    كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ يَقْرَأُ فِي صَلاَةِ الصُّبْحِ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ {الم تَنْزِيلُ } وَ {هَلْ أَتَى عَلَى الإِنْسَانِ}

    “For the Subh prayer on Fridays, the Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to recite ‘Alif-Lam-Mim. The revelation...’ [32:1] and ‘Has there not been over man...’” [76:1]

  20. Sunan Ibn Majah 822Sahih

    كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ يَقْرَأُ فِي صَلاَةِ الْفَجْرِ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ {الم تَنْزِيلُ} وَ {هَلْ أَتَى عَلَى الإِنْسَانِ}

    “For the Fajr prayer on Fridays, the Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to recite ‘Alif-Lam-Mim. The revelation...’ [32:1] and ‘Has there not been over man...’” [76:1]

  21. Sunan Ibn Majah 823Sahih

    كَانَ يَقْرَأُ فِي صَلاَةِ الْفَجْرِ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ {الم تَنْزِيلُ} وَ {هَلْ أَتَى عَلَى الإِنْسَانِ}

    It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that for the Subh prayer on Fridays, the Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to recite ‘Alif-Lam-Mim’. The revelation...’[32:1] and ‘Has there not been over man...” [76:1]

  22. Sunan Ibn Majah 824Hasan or sahih

    كَانَ يَقْرَأُ فِي صَلاَةِ الْفَجْرِ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ {الم تَنْزِيلُ} وَ {هَلَ أَتَى عَلَى الإِنْسَانِ}

    It was narrated from ‘Abdullah bin Mas’ud that for the Subh prayer on Fridays, the Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to recite “Alif-Lam-Mim. The revelation...” [32:1] and “Has there not been over man..” [76:1]

  23. Sunan Ibn Majah 825Sahih

    سَأَلْتُ أَبَا سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيَّ عَنْ صَلاَةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ فَقَالَ لَيْسَ لَكَ فِي ذَلِكَ خَيْرٌ قُلْتُ بَيِّنْ رَحِمَكَ اللَّهُ قَالَ كَانَتِ الصَّلاَةُ تُقَامُ لِرَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ الظُّهْرَ فَيَخْرُجُ أَحَدُنَا إِلَى الْبَقِيعِ فَيَقْضِي حَاجَتَهُ وَيَجِيءُ فَيَتَوَضَّأُ فَيَجِدُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ فِي الرَّكْعَةِ الأُولَى مِنَ الظُّهْرِ

    “I asked Abu Sa’eed Al-Khudri about the prayer of the Messenger of Allah ﷺ. He said: ‘There is nothing good in that for you.’ I said: ‘Explain it, may Allah have mercy on you.’ He said: ‘The Iqamah would be given for the Zuhr prayer for the Messenger of Allah ﷺ, then one of us would go out to Al- Baqi’, relieve himself, then come back and perform ablution, and he would find the Messenger of Allah ﷺ still in the first Rak’ah of Zuhr.’”

  24. Sunan Ibn Majah 826Sahih

    بِأَىِّ شَىْءٍ كُنْتُمْ تَعْرِفُونَ قِرَاءَةَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ فِي الظُّهْرِ وَالْعَصْرِ قَالَ بِاضْطِرَابِ لِحْيَتِهِ

    “I said to Khabbab: ‘How did you recognize that the Messenger of Allah ﷺ was reciting in the Zuhr and the ‘Asr?’ He said: ‘From the movement of his beard.’”

  25. Sunan Ibn Majah 827Sahih

    مَا رَأَيْتُ أَحَدًا أَشْبَهَ صَلاَةً بِرَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ مِنْ فُلاَنٍ قَالَ وَكَانَ يُطِيلُ الأُولَيَيْنِ مِنَ الظُّهْرِ وَيُخَفِّفُ الأُخْرَيَيْنِ وَيُخَفِّفُ الْعَصْرَ

    “I have never seen anyone whose prayer more closely resembles that of the Messenger of Allah ﷺ than so-and-so. He used to lengthen the first two Rak’ah of the Zuhr and shorten the last two Rak’ah, and he used to shorten the ‘Asr.”

  26. Sunan Ibn Majah 828Weak

    اجْتَمَعَ ثَلاَثُونَ بَدْرِيًّا مِنْ أَصْحَابِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ فَقَالُوا تَعَالَوْا حَتَّى نَقِيسَ قِرَاءَةَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ فِيمَا لَمْ يَجْهَرْ فِيهِ مِنَ الصَّلاَةِ فَمَا اخْتَلَفَ مِنْهُمْ رَجُلاَنِ فَقَاسُوا قِرَاءَتَهُ فِي الرَّكْعَةِ الأُولَى مِنَ الظُّهْرِ بِقَدْرِ ثَلاَثِينَ آيَةً وَفِي الرَّكْعَةِ الأُخْرَى قَدْرَ النِّصْفِ مِنْ ذَلِكَ وَقَاسُوا ذَلِكَ فِي صَلاَةِ الْعَصْرِ عَلَى قَدْرِ النِّصْفِ مِنَ الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ الأُخْرَيَيْنِ مِنَ الظُّهْرِ

    “Thirty of the Companions of the Messenger of Allah ﷺ who had been at Badr came together and said: ‘Come, let us estimate the length of the recitation of the Messenger of Allah ﷺ for the prayer in which Qur’an is not recited out aloud.’ No two men among them disagreed, and they estimated the length of his recitation in the first Rak’ah of the Zuhr to be thirty Verses and in the second Rak’ah to be half of that. They estimated his recitation in ‘Asr to be half of the last two Rak’ah of Zuhr.”

  27. Sunan Ibn Majah 829Sahih

    كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ يَقْرَأُ بِنَا فِي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ الأُولَيَيْنِ مِنْ صَلاَةِ الظُّهْرِ وَيُسْمِعُنَا الآيَةَ أَحْيَانًا

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to recite when leading us in the first two Rak’ah of the Zuhr prayer, and sometimes he would recite such that we could hear the Verse.”

  28. Sunan Ibn Majah 830Weak

    كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ يُصَلِّي بِنَا الظُّهْرَ فَنَسْمَعُ مِنْهُ الآيَةَ بَعْدَ الآيَاتِ مِنْ سُورَةِ لُقْمَانَ وَالذَّارِيَاتِ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to lead us for the Zuhr, and we would hear him reciting a Verse after the Verses from Surat Luqman (31) and Adh-Dhariyat (51).”

  29. Sunan Ibn Majah 831Sahih

    أَنَّهَا سَمِعَتْ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ يَقْرَأُ فِي الْمَغْرِبِ بِالْمُرْسَلاَتِ عُرْفًا

    “(She was) Lubabah” that she heard the Messenger of Allah ﷺ reciting ‘By the winds sent forth one after another...’[Al-Mursalat (77)] in the Maghrib.

  30. Sunan Ibn Majah 832Sahih

    سَمِعْتُ النَّبِيَّ ﷺ يَقْرَأُ فِي الْمَغْرِبِ بِالطُّورِ

    “I heard the Prophet ﷺ reciting At-Tur (52) in the Maghrib.” In a different narration, Jubair said: “And when I heard him recite: ‘Were they created by nothing? Or were they themselves the creators?’ up to: ‘Then let their listener produce some manifest proof’,[52:35-38] it was as if my heart were about to take flight.”

  31. Sunan Ibn Majah 833Weak

    كَانَ النَّبِيُّ ﷺ يَقْرَأُ فِي الْمَغْرِبِ {قُلْ يَا أَيُّهَا الْكَافِرُونَ} وَ {قُلْ هُوَ اللَّهُ أَحَدٌ}

    “The Prophet ﷺ used to recite in the Maghrib: ‘Say: O you disbelievers!’[Al-Kafirun (109)] and ‘Say: He is Allah, (the) One.’”[Al-Ikhlas (112)]

  32. Sunan Ibn Majah 834Sahih

    أَنَّهُ صَلَّى مَعَ النَّبِيِّ ﷺ الْعِشَاءَ الآخِرَةَ قَالَ فَسَمِعْتُهُ يَقْرَأُ بِالتِّينِ وَالزَّيْتُونِ

    “I heard him reciting ‘By the fig, and the olive’.”[Al-Tin (95)]

  33. Sunan Ibn Majah 835Sahih

    فَمَا سَمِعْتُ إِنْسَانًا أَحْسَنَ صَوْتًا أَوْ قِرَاءَةً مِنْهُ

    “I have never heard any man with a better voice or who recites better than him.”

  34. Sunan Ibn Majah 836Sahih

    لَهُ النَّبِيُّ ﷺ اقْرَأْ بِالشَّمْسِ وَضُحَاهَا وَسَبِّحِ اسْمَ رَبِّكَ الأَعْلَى وَاللَّيْلِ إِذَا يَغْشَى وَاقْرَأْ بِسْمِ رَبِّكَ

    “Recite ‘By the sun and its brightness,’[Al-Shams (91)] ‘Glorify the Name of your Lord, the Most High,’ [Al-A’la (87)] ‘By the night as it envelops,’ [Al-Lail (92)] or, ‘Read! In the Name of your Lord Who has created.’” [Al-‘Alaq (96)]

  35. Sunan Ibn Majah 837Sahih

    لاَ صَلاَةَ لِمَنْ لَمْ يَقْرَأْ فِيهَا بِفَاتِحَةِ الْكِتَابِ

    “There is no prayer for the one who does not recite Fatihatil-Kitab in it.”

  36. Sunan Ibn Majah 838Sahih

    مَنْ صَلَّى صَلاَةً لَمْ يَقْرَأْ فِيهَا بِأُمِّ الْقُرْآنِ فَهِيَ خِدَاجٌ غَيْرُ تَمَامٍ فَقُلْتُ يَا أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ فَإِنِّي أَكُونُ أَحْيَانًا وَرَاءَ الإِمَامِ فَغَمَزَ ذِرَاعِي وَقَالَ يَا فَارِسِيُّ اقْرَأْ بِهَا فِي نَفْسِكَ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘Whoever performs a prayer in which he does not recite Ummul Qur’an (the Mother of the Qur’an, i.e., Al- Fatihah), it is deficient; not complete.’” I said: ‘O Abu Hurairah, sometimes I am behind the Imam. He pressed my forearm and said: ‘O Persian! Recite it to yourself.’”

  37. Sunan Ibn Majah 839Weak

    قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ لاَ صَلاَةَ لِمَنْ لَمْ يَقْرَأْ فِي كُلِّ رَكْعَةٍ بِ {الْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ} وَسُورَةٍ فِي فَرِيضَةٍ أَوْ غَيْرِهَا

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘There is no prayer for the one who does not recite in every Rak’ah: Al-Hamd (Al-Fatihah) and a Surah whether in an obligatory prayer or another.’”

  38. Sunan Ibn Majah 840Hasan or sahih

    كُلُّ صَلاَةٍ لاَ يُقْرَأُ فِيهَا بِأُمِّ الْكِتَابِ فَهِيَ خِدَاجٌ

    “I heard the Messenger of Allah ﷺ say: ‘Every prayer in which the Ummul-Kitab (the Mother of the Book) is not recited is deficient.’”

  39. Sunan Ibn Majah 841Hasan or sahih

    كُلُّ صَلاَةٍ لاَ يُقْرَأُ فِيهَا بِفَاتِحَةِ الْكِتَابِ فَهِيَ خِدَاجٌ فَهِيَ خِدَاجٌ

    “Every prayer in which Fatihatil-Kitab (the Opening of the Book) is not recited, it is deficient, it is deficient.”

  40. Sunan Ibn Majah 842Graders disagree

    سَأَلَهُ رَجُلٌ فَقَالَ أَقْرَأُ وَالإِمَامُ يَقْرَأُ قَالَ سَأَلَ رَجُلٌ النَّبِيَّ ﷺ أَفِي كُلِّ صَلاَةٍ قِرَاءَةٌ فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ نَعَمْ فَقَالَ رَجُلٌ مِنَ الْقَوْمِ وَجَبَ هَذَا

    “Should I recite when the Imam is reciting?” He said: “A man asked the Prophet ﷺ whether there was recitation in every prayer. The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘Yes.’ A man among the people said: ‘It has become obligatory.’”

  41. Sunan Ibn Majah 843Hasan or sahih

    كُنَّا نَقْرَأُ فِي الظُّهْرِ وَالْعَصْرِ خَلْفَ الإِمَامِ فِي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ الأُولَيَيْنِ بِفَاتِحَةِ الْكِتَابِ وَسُورَةٍ وَفِي الأُخْرَيَيْنِ بِفَاتِحَةِ الْكِتَابِ

    “We used to recite the Opening of the Book and a Surah behind the Imam in the first two Rak’ah of the Zuhr and the ‘Asr, and in the last wo Rak’ah (we would recite) the Opening of the Book.”

  42. Sunan Ibn Majah 844Graders disagree

    سَكْتَتَانِ حَفِظْتُهُمَا عَنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ فَأَنْكَرَ ذَلِكَ عِمْرَانُ بْنُ الْحُصَيْنِ فَكَتَبْنَا إِلَى أُبَىِّ بْنِ كَعْبٍ بِالْمَدِينَةِ فَكَتَبَ أَنَّ سَمُرَةَ قَدْ حَفِظَ قَالَ سَعِيدٌ فَقُلْنَا لِقَتَادَةَ مَا هَاتَانِ السَّكْتَتَانِ قَالَ إِذَا دَخَلَ فِي صَلاَتِهِ وَإِذَا فَرَغَ مِنَ الْقِرَاءَةِ ثُمَّ قَالَ بَعْدُ وَإِذَا قَرَأَ {غَيْرِ الْمَغْضُوبِ عَلَيْهِمْ وَلاَ الضَّالِّينَ} قَالَ وَكَانَ يُعْجِبُهُمْ إِذَا فَرَغَ مِنَ الْقِرَاءَةِ أَنْ يَسْكُتَ حَتَّى يَتَرَادَّ إِلَيْهِ نَفَسُهُ

    “There are two pauses which I memorized from the Messenger of Allah ﷺ, but ʿImran bin Husain denied that. We wrote to Ubayy bin Kaʿb in Al-Madinah, and he wrote that Samurah had indeed memorized them.” (One of the narrators) Saʿeed said: "We said to Qatadah: 'What are these two pauses?' He said: 'When he started his prayer, and when he finished reciting.' Then later he said: 'And when he recited: 'Not (the way) of those who earned your anger, nor of those who went astray.' They used to like (for the Imam) when he had finished reciting to remain silent until he had caught his breath.'"

  43. Sunan Ibn Majah 845Graders disagree

    حَفِظْتُ سَكْتَتَيْنِ فِي الصَّلاَةِ سَكْتَةً قَبْلَ الْقِرَاءَةِ وَسَكْتَةً عِنْدَ الرُّكُوعِ فَأَنْكَرَ ذَلِكَ عَلَيْهِ عِمْرَانُ بْنُ الْحُصَيْنِ فَكَتَبُوا إِلَى الْمَدِينَةِ إِلَى أُبَىِّ بْنِ كَعْبٍ فَصَدَّقَ سَمُرَةَ

    “I memorized two pauses in the prayer, a pause before reciting and a pause when bowing. ‘Imran bin Husain denied that, so they wrote to Al-Madinah, to Ubayy bin Ka’b, and he said that Samurah was speaking the truth.”

  44. Sunan Ibn Majah 846Hasan or sahih

    إِنَّمَا جُعِلَ الإِمَامُ لِيُؤْتَمَّ بِهِ فَإِذَا كَبَّرَ فَكَبِّرُوا وَإِذَا قَرَأَ فَأَنْصِتُوا وَإِذَا قَالَ {غَيْرِ الْمَغْضُوبِ عَلَيْهِمْ وَلاَ الضَّالِّينَ} فَقُولُوا آمِينَ وَإِذَا رَكَعَ فَارْكَعُوا وَإِذَا قَالَ سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ فَقُولُوا اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ وَإِذَا سَجَدَ فَاسْجُدُوا وَإِذَا صَلَّى جَالِسًا فَصَلُّوا جُلُوسًا

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘The Imam has been appointed to be followed, so when he says Allahu Akbar, then say Allahu Akbar, when he recites, then listen attentively; when he says: Not (the way) of those who earned Your anger, nor of those who went astray,[1:7] then say Amin; when he bows then bow; when he says Sami’ Allahu liman hamidah (Allah hears those who praise Him), then say Allahumma Rabbana wa lakal-hamd (O Allah, our Lord, to You is the praise);” when he prostrates then prostrate; and if he prays sitting down then all of you pray sitting down.’”

  45. Sunan Ibn Majah 847Sahih

    إِذَا قَرَأَ الإِمَامُ فَأَنْصِتُوا فَإِذَا كَانَ عِنْدَ الْقَعْدَةِ فَلْيَكُنْ أَوَّلَ ذِكْرِ أَحَدِكُمُ التَّشَهُّدُ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘When the Imam recites, then listen attentively, and if he is sitting (in the prayer) then the first remembrance that anyone of you recites should be the Tashahhud.’”

  46. Sunan Ibn Majah 848Sahih

    سَمِعْتُ أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ يَقُولُ صَلَّى النَّبِيُّ ﷺ بِأَصْحَابِهِ صَلاَةً نَظُنُّ أَنَّهَا الصُّبْحُ فَقَالَ هَلْ قَرَأَ مِنْكُمْ مِنْ أَحَدٍ قَالَ رَجُلٌ أَنَا قَالَ إِنِّي أَقُولُ مَا لِي أُنَازَعُ الْقُرْآنَ

    “I heard Abu Hurairah say: ‘The Prophet ﷺ led his Companions in a prayer; we think it was the Subh. He said: “Did anyone among you recite?” A man said: “I did.” He said: “I was saying to myself, what is wrong with me that someone is fighting to wrest the Qur’an from me?”

  47. Sunan Ibn Majah 849Sahih

    حَدَّثَنَا جَمِيلُ بْنُ الْحَسَنِ حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الأَعْلَى حَدَّثَنَا مَعْمَرٌ عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ عَنِ ابْنِ أُكَيْمَةَ عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ قَالَ صَلَّى بِنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ فَذَكَرَ نَحْوَهُ وَزَادَ فِيهِ قَالَ فَسَكَتُوا بَعْدُ فِيمَا جَهَرَ فِيهِ الإِمَامُ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ led us in prayer,” and he mentioned a similar report, and added to it, and he said: “And after that they were quiet in the prayers in which the Imam recites aloud.”

  48. Sunan Ibn Majah 850Graders disagree

    مَنْ كَانَ لَهُ إِمَامٌ فَإِنَّ قِرَاءَةَ الإِمَامِ لَهُ قِرَاءَةٌ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘Whoever has an Imam, the recitation of the Imam is his recitation.’”

  49. Sunan Ibn Majah 851Sahih

    إِذَا أَمَّنَ الْقَارِئُ فَأَمِّنُوا فَإِنَّ الْمَلاَئِكَةَ تُؤَمِّنُ فَمَنْ وَافَقَ تَأْمِينُهُ تَأْمِينَ الْمَلاَئِكَةِ غُفِرَ لَهُ مَا تَقَدَّمَ مِنْ ذَنْبِهِ

    “When the reciter says Amin, then say Amin, for the angels say Amin, and if a person’s Amin coincides with the Amin of the angels, his previous sins will be forgiven.”

  50. Sunan Ibn Majah 852Sahih

    إِذَا أَمَّنَ الْقَارِئُ فَأَمِّنُوا فَمَنْ وَافَقَ تَأْمِينُهُ تَأْمِينَ الْمَلاَئِكَةِ غُفِرَ لَهُ مَا تَقَدَّمَ مِنْ ذَنْبِهِ

    The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: “When the reciter says Amin, then say Amin, for if a person’s Amin coincides with the Amin of the angels, his previous sins will be forgiven.”

  51. Sunan Ibn Majah 853Weak

    تَرَكَ النَّاسُ التَّأْمِينَ وَكَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ إِذَا قَالَ {غَيْرِ الْمَغْضُوبِ عَلَيْهِمْ وَلاَ الضَّالِّينَ} قَالَ آمِينَ حَتَّى يَسْمَعَهَا أَهْلُ الصَّفِّ الأَوَّلِ فَيَرْتَجُّ بِهَا الْمَسْجِدُ

    “The people stopped saying Amin, but when the Messenger of Allah ﷺ said ‘Not (the way) of those who earned Your Anger, nor of those who went astray’[1:7] he would say Amin, until the people in the first row could hear it, and the mosque would shake with it.

  52. Sunan Ibn Majah 854Sahih

    سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ إِذَا قَالَ {وَلاَ الضَّالِّينَ} قَالَ آمِينَ

    “I heard the Messenger of Allah ﷺ saying ‘Amin’ after he said, ‘nor of those who went astray.’[1:7]

  53. Sunan Ibn Majah 855Graders disagree

    صَلَّيْتُ مَعَ النَّبِيِّ ﷺ فَلَمَّا قَالَ {وَلاَ الضَّالِّينَ} قَالَ آمِينَ فَسَمِعْنَاهَا مِنْهُ

    “I performed prayer with the Prophet ﷺ and when he said: ‘Nor of those who went astray’,[1:7] he said Amin and we heard that from him.”

  54. Sunan Ibn Majah 856Sahih

    مَا حَسَدَتْكُمُ الْيَهُودُ عَلَى شَىْءٍ مَا حَسَدَتْكُمْ عَلَى السَّلاَمِ وَالتَّأْمِينِ

    “The Jews do not envy you for anything more than they envy you for the Salam and (saying) ‘Amin’.”

  55. Sunan Ibn Majah 857Weak

    قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ مَا حَسَدَتْكُمُ الْيَهُودُ عَلَى شَىْءٍ مَا حَسَدَتْكُمْ عَلَى آمِينَ فَأَكْثِرُوا مِنْ قَوْلِ آمِينَ

    “The Jews do not envy you for anything more than they envy you for the Salam and (saying) Amin, so say Amin a great deal.”

  56. Sunan Ibn Majah 858Sahih

    رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ إِذَا افْتَتَحَ الصَّلاَةَ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى يُحَاذِيَ بِهِمَا مَنْكِبَيْهِ وَإِذَا رَكَعَ وَإِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ وَلاَ يَرْفَعُ بَيْنَ السَّجْدَتَيْنِ

    “I saw the Messenger of Allah ﷺ raising his hands until they were parallel to his shoulders when he started the prayer, and when he bowed in Ruku’, and when he raised his head from Ruku’, but he did not raise them between the two prostrations.”

  57. Sunan Ibn Majah 859Sahih

    كَانَ إِذَا كَبَّرَ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى يَجْعَلَهُمَا قَرِيبًا مِنْ أُذُنَيْهِ وَإِذَا رَكَعَ صَنَعَ مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ وَإِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ صَنَعَ مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ

    It was narrated that Malik bin Huwairith said that when the Messenger of Allah ﷺ said Allahu Akbar, he would raise his hands until they were close to his ears; when he bowed in Ruku’ he did likewise, and when he raised his head from Ruku’ he did likewise.

  58. Sunan Ibn Majah 860Graders disagree

    رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ يَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ فِي الصَّلاَةِ حَذْوَ مَنْكِبَيْهِ حِينَ يَفْتَتِحُ الصَّلاَةَ وَحِينَ يَرْكَعُ وَحِينَ يَسْجُدُ

    “I saw the Messenger of Allah ﷺ raising his hands during prayer until they were parallel with his shoulders when he started to pray, when he bowed and when he prostrated.”

  59. Sunan Ibn Majah 861Graders disagree

    كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ يَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ مَعَ كُلِّ تَكْبِيرَةٍ فِي الصَّلاَةِ الْمَكْتُوبَةِ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to raise his hands at every Takbir (saying Allahu Akbar) in the obligatory prayer.”

  60. Sunan Ibn Majah 862Sahih

    سَمِعْتُهُ وَهُوَ فِي عَشَرَةٍ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ أَحَدُهُمْ أَبُو قَتَادَةَ بْنُ رِبْعِيٍّ قَالَ أَنَا أَعْلَمُكُمْ بِصَلاَةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ كَانَ إِذَا قَامَ فِي الصَّلاَةِ اعْتَدَلَ قَائِمًا وَرَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى يُحَاذِيَ بِهِمَا مَنْكِبَيْهِ ثُمَّ قَالَ اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ وَإِذَا أَرَادَ أَنْ يَرْكَعَ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى يُحَاذِيَ بِهِمَا مَنْكِبَيْهِ فَإِذَا قَالَ سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ فَاعْتَدَلَ فَإِذَا قَامَ مِنَ الثِّنْتَيْنِ كَبَّرَ وَرَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى يُحَاذِيَ بِهِمَا مَنْكِبَيْهِ كَمَا صَنَعَ حِينَ افْتَتَحَ الصَّلاَةَ

    “I heard him when he was among ten of the Companions of the Messenger of Allah ﷺ, one of whom was Abu Qatadah bin Ribʿi, saying: ‘I am the most knowledgeable of you about the prayer of the Messenger of Allah ﷺ. When he stood up for prayer, he stood up straight and raised his hands until they were parallel to his shoulders, then he said: Allahu Akbar. When he wanted to bow in Rukuʿ, he raised his hands until they were parallel to his shoulders. When he said Samiʿ Allahu liman hamidah (Allah hears those who praise Him), he raised his hands and stood up straight. When he stood up after two Rakʿah, he said Allahu Akbar and raised his hands until they were parallel to his shoulders, as he did when he started the prayer.’”

  61. Sunan Ibn Majah 863Sahih

    اجْتَمَعَ أَبُو حُمَيْدٍ وَأَبُو أُسَيْدٍ السَّاعِدِيُّ وَسَهْلُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ فَذَكَرُوا صَلاَةَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ فَقَالَ أَبُو حُمَيْدٍ أَنَا أَعْلَمُكُمْ بِصَلاَةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ إِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ قَامَ فَكَبَّرَ وَرَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ ثُمَّ رَفَعَ حِينَ كَبَّرَ لِلرُّكُوعِ ثُمَّ قَامَ فَرَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ وَاسْتَوَى حَتَّى رَجَعَ كُلُّ عَظْمٍ إِلَى مَوْضِعِهِ

    “Abu Humaid, Abu Usaid As-Sa’di, Sahl bin Sa’d, and Muhammad bin Maslamah came together and spoke about the prayer of the Messenger of Allah ﷺ. Abu Humaid said: ‘I am the most knowledgeable of you about the prayer of the Messenger of Allah ﷺ. The Messenger of Allah ﷺ stood up and said Allahu Akbar, and raised his hands, then he raised them when he said Allahu Akbar for Ruku’, then he stood up and raised his hands, and stood straight until every bone had returned to its place.’”

  62. Sunan Ibn Majah 864Hasan or sahih

    كَانَ النَّبِيُّ ﷺ إِذَا قَامَ إِلَى الصَّلاَةِ الْمَكْتُوبَةِ كَبَّرَ وَرَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى يَكُونَا حَذْوَ مَنْكِبَيْهِ وَإِذَا أَرَادَ أَنْ يَرْكَعَ فَعَلَ مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ وَإِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ فَعَلَ مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ وَإِذَا قَامَ مِنَ السَّجْدَتَيْنِ فَعَلَ مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ

    “When the Prophet ﷺ stood up to offer a prescribed prayer, he said Allahu Akbar and raised his hands until they were parallel to his shoulders. When he wanted to bow he did likewise; when he raised his head from bowing he did likewise; and when he stood up after the two prostrations he did likewise.”

  63. Sunan Ibn Majah 865Graders disagree

    كَانَ يَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ عِنْدَ كُلِّ تَكْبِيرَةٍ

    It was narrated from Ibn ‘Abbas that the Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to raise his hands at every Takbir (saying Allahu Akbar).

  64. Sunan Ibn Majah 866Sahih

    كَانَ يَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ إِذَا دَخَلَ فِي الصَّلاَةِ وَإِذَا رَكَعَ

    It was narrated from Anas that the Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to raise his hands when he entered prayer, and when he bowed in Ruku’.

  65. Sunan Ibn Majah 867Sahih

    قُلْتُ لأَنْظُرَنَّ إِلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ كَيْفَ يُصَلِّي فَقَامَ فَاسْتَقْبَلَ الْقِبْلَةَ فَرَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى حَاذَتَا أُذُنَيْهِ فَلَمَّا رَكَعَ رَفَعَهُمَا مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ فَلَمَّا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ رَفَعَهُمَا مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ

    “I said: ‘I will look at the Messenger of Allah ﷺ and see how he performs the prayer.’ He stood up and faced the Qiblah, and raised his hands until they were parallel to his ears. When he bowed, he raised them likewise, and when he raised his head from Ruku’, he raised them likewise.”

  66. Sunan Ibn Majah 868Hasan or sahih

    أَنَّ جَابِرَ بْنَ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ كَانَ إِذَا افْتَتَحَ الصَّلاَةَ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ وَإِذَا رَكَعَ وَإِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ فَعَلَ مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ وَيَقُولُ رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ فَعَلَ مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ

    “I saw the Messenger of Allah ﷺ doing that.” (One of the narrators) said: “Ibrahim bin Tahman (one of the narrators) raised his hands to his ears.”

  67. Sunan Ibn Majah 869Sahih

    كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ إِذَا رَكَعَ لَمْ يَشْخَصْ رَأْسَهُ وَلَمْ يُصَوِّبْهُ وَلَكِنْ بَيْنَ ذَلِكَ

    “When the Messenger of Allah ﷺ bowed, he neither raised his head nor lowered it, rather (he did something) between that.”

  68. Sunan Ibn Majah 870Sahih

    لاَ تُجْزِئُ صَلاَةٌ لاَ يُقِيمُ الرَّجُلُ فِيهَا صُلْبَهُ فِي الرُّكُوعِ وَالسُّجُودِ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘No prayer is acceptable in which a man does not settle his spine when bowing and when prostrating.’”

  69. Sunan Ibn Majah 871Sahih

    خَرَجْنَا حَتَّى قَدِمْنَا عَلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ فَبَايَعْنَاهُ وَصَلَّيْنَا خَلْفَهُ فَلَمَحَ بِمُؤْخِرِ عَيْنِهِ رَجُلاً لاَ يُقِيمُ صَلاَتَهُ يَعْنِي صُلْبَهُ فِي الرُّكُوعِ وَالسُّجُودِ فَلَمَّا قَضَى النَّبِيُّ ﷺ الصَّلاَةَ قَالَ يَا مَعْشَرَ الْمُسْلِمِينَ لاَ صَلاَةَ لِمَنْ لاَ يُقِيمُ صُلْبَهُ فِي الرُّكُوعِ وَالسُّجُودِ

    “We set out until we came to the Messenger of Allah ﷺ, and we gave him our oath of allegiance and performed prayer behind him. He glanced out of the corner of his eye at a man who was not settling his spine when he bowed and prostrated. When the Prophet ﷺ finished the prayer, he said: ‘O Muslims, there is no prayer for the one who does not settle his spine when bowing and prostrating.’”

  70. Sunan Ibn Majah 872Graders disagree

    رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ يُصَلِّي فَكَانَ إِذَا رَكَعَ سَوَّى ظَهْرَهُ حَتَّى لَوْ صُبَّ عَلَيْهِ الْمَاءُ لاَسْتَقَرَّ

    “I heard Wabisah bin Ma’bad saying: ‘I saw the Messenger of Allah ﷺ performing prayer, and when he bowed he made his back so straight that if water were poured on it, it would have stayed there.’”

  71. Sunan Ibn Majah 873Sahih

    رَكَعْتُ إِلَى جَنْبِ أَبِي فَطَبَّقْتُ فَضَرَبَ يَدِي وَقَالَ قَدْ كُنَّا نَفْعَلُ هَذَا ثُمَّ أُمِرْنَا أَنْ نَرْفَعَ إِلَى الرُّكَبِ

    “I bowed (in prayer) beside my father, and I put my hands between my knees. He struck my hand and said: ‘We used to do that, then we were commanded to put them on the knees.’”

  72. Sunan Ibn Majah 874Hasan or sahih

    كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ يَرْكَعُ فَيَضَعُ يَدَيْهِ عَلَى رُكْبَتَيْهِ وَيُجَافِي بِعَضُدَيْهِ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to bow with his hands on his knees and his upper arms held away from his sides.”

  73. Sunan Ibn Majah 875Sahih

    كَانَ إِذَا قَالَ سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ قَالَ رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ

    “Sami’ Allahu liman hamidah (Allah hears those who praise Him),” he said: “Rabbana wa lakal-hamd (O our Lord, to You is the praise).”

  74. Sunan Ibn Majah 876Sahih

    إِذَا قَالَ الإِمَامُ سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ فَقُولُوا رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ

    “When the Imam says: ‘Sami’ Allahu liman hamidah (Allah hears those who praise Him),’ say: ‘Rabbana wa lakal-hamd (O our Lord, to You is the praise).’”

  75. Sunan Ibn Majah 877Hasan or sahih

    إِذَا قَالَ الإِمَامُ سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ فَقُولُوا اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ

    “When the Imam says: ‘Sami’ Allahu liman hamidah (Allah hears those who praise Him),’ say: ‘Allahumma, Rabbana wa lakal-hamd (O Allah! O our Lord! To You is the praise).’”

  76. Sunan Ibn Majah 878Sahih

    كَانَ النَّبِيُّ ﷺ إِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ قَالَ سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّنَا لَكَ الْحَمْدُ مِلْءَ السَّمَوَاتِ وَمِلْءَ الأَرْضِ وَمِلْءَ مَا شِئْتَ مِنْ شَىْءٍ بَعْدُ

    “When the Messenger of Allah ﷺ raised his head from Ruku’, he said: ‘Sami’ Allahu liman hamidah, Allahumma, Rabbana lakal-hamd, mil’ as-samawati wa mil’ al- ard wa mil’ ma shi’ta min shay’in ba’d (Allah hears those who praise Him. O Allah! O our Lord, to You is the praise as much as fills the heavens, as much as fills the earth and as much as You will after that).’”

  77. Sunan Ibn Majah 879Weak

    ذُكِرَتِ الْجُدُودُ عِنْدَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ وَهُوَ فِي الصَّلاَةِ فَقَالَ رَجُلٌ جَدُّ فُلاَنٍ فِي الْخَيْلِ وَقَالَ آخَرُ جَدُّ فُلاَنٍ فِي الإِبِلِ وَقَالَ آخَرُ جَدُّ فُلاَنٍ فِي الْغَنَمِ وَقَالَ آخَرُ جَدُّ فُلاَنٍ فِي الرَّقِيقِ فَلَمَّا قَضَى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ صَلاَتَهُ وَرَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنْ آخِرِ الرَّكْعَةِ قَالَ اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّنَا لَكَ الْحَمْدُ مِلْءَ السَّمَوَاتِ وَمِلْءَ الأَرْضِ وَمِلْءَ مَا شِئْتَ مِنْ شَىْءٍ بَعْدُ اللَّهُمَّ لاَ مَانِعَ لِمَا أَعْطَيْتَ وَلاَ مُعْطِيَ لِمَا مَنَعْتَ وَلاَ يَنْفَعُ ذَا الْجَدِّ مِنْكَ الْجَدُّ وَطَوَّلَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ صَوْتَهُ بِالْجَدِّ لِيَعْلَمُوا أَنَّهُ لَيْسَ كَمَا يَقُولُونَ

    “I heard Abu Juhaifah say: Good fortune was mentioned in the presence of the Messenger of Allah ﷺ while he was performing prayer. A man said: ‘so-and-so’s fortune is in horses.’ Another man said: ‘So-and-so’s fortune is in camels.’ Another man said: ‘So-and-so’s fortune is in sheep.’ Another man said: ‘So- and-so’s fortune is in slaves.’ While the Messenger of Allah ﷺ was finishing his prayer, he raised his head at the end of the last Rak’ah and said: ‘Allahumma Rabbana lakal-hamd mil’ as-samawati wa mil’ al- ard wa mil’ ma shi’ta min shai’in ba’du. Allahumma la mani’ lima a’taita wa la mu’ti lima mana’ta, wa la yanfa’u dhal-jaddi minkal-jadd (Allah hears those who praise Him. O Allah! O our Lord! To You is the praise as much as fills the heavens, as much as fills the earth and as much as You will after that. O Allah, there is none who can withhold what You give, and none who can give what You withhold, and the good fortune of any fortunate person is to no avail against You).’ The Messenger of Allah ﷺ elongated the word Jadd (fortune) so that they would know that it was not as they had said.”

  78. Sunan Ibn Majah 880Sahih

    كَانَ إِذَا سَجَدَ جَافَى يَدَيْهِ فَلَوْ أَنَّ بَهْمَةً أَرَادَتْ أَنْ تَمُرَّ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ لَمَرَّتْ

    It was narrated from Maimunah that when the Prophet ﷺ prostrated, he would hold his forearms away from his sides, such that if a lamb wanted to pass under his arms, it would be able to do so.

  79. Sunan Ibn Majah 881Sahih

    كُنْتُ مَعَ أَبِي بِالْقَاعِ مِنْ نَمِرَةَ فَمَرَّ بِنَا رَكْبٌ فَأَنَاخُوا بِنَاحِيَةِ الطَّرِيقِ فَقَالَ لِي أَبِي كُنْ فِي بَهْمِكَ حَتَّى آتِيَ هَؤُلاَءِ الْقَوْمَ فَأُسَائِلَهُمْ قَالَ فَخَرَجَ وَجِئْتُ يَعْنِي دَنَوْتُ فَإِذَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ فَحَضَرْتُ الصَّلاَةَ فَصَلَّيْتُ مَعَهُمْ فَكُنْتُ أَنْظُرُ إِلَى عُفْرَتَىْ إِبْطَىْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ كُلَّمَا سَجَدَ

    “I was with my father on the plain in Namirah, when some riders passed us and made their camels kneel down at the side of the road. My father said to me: ‘Stay with your lambs until I go to those people and see what they want.’ He said: Then he (my father) went out and I came, (i.e., I came near,) then there was the Messenger of Allah ﷺ, and the time for prayer came so I prayed with them, and I was looking at the whiteness of the armpits of the Messenger of Allah ﷺ every time he prostrated.” Ibn Majah said: The people say ʿUbaidullah bin ʿAbdullah, but Abu Bakr bin Abu Shaibah said: "The people say ʿAbdullah bin ʿUbaidullah." Muhammad bin Bashshar said: "ʿAbdur-Rahman bin Mahdi, Safwan bin ʿEisa and Abu Dawud all said: 'Dawud bin Qais narrated to us, from ʿUbaidullah bin ʿAbdullah bin Aqram, from his father, from the Prophet ﷺ.'" With similar wording.

  80. Sunan Ibn Majah 882Weak

    رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ ﷺ إِذَا سَجَدَ وَضَعَ رُكْبَتَيْهِ قَبْلَ يَدَيْهِ وَإِذَا قَامَ مِنَ السُّجُودِ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ قَبْلَ رُكْبَتَيْهِ

    “I saw the Prophet ﷺ when he prostrated and put his knees on the ground before his hands, and when he stood up after prostrating, he took his hands off the ground before his knees.”

  81. Sunan Ibn Majah 883Sahih

    أُمِرْتُ أَنْ أَسْجُدَ عَلَى سَبْعَةِ أَعْظُمٍ

    “I have been commanded to prostrate on seven bones.”

  82. Sunan Ibn Majah 884Sahih

    أُمِرْتُ أَنْ أَسْجُدَ عَلَى سَبْعٍ وَلاَ أَكُفَّ شَعَرًا وَلاَ ثَوْبًا قَالَ ابْنُ طَاوُسٍ فَكَانَ أَبِي يَقُولُ الْيَدَيْنِ وَالرُّكْبَتَيْنِ وَالْقَدَمَيْنِ وَكَانَ يَعُدُّ الْجَبْهَةَ وَالأَنْفَ وَاحِدًا

    The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: “I have been commanded to prostrate on seven, but not to tuck up my hair or my garment.”

  83. Sunan Ibn Majah 885Sahih

    إِذَا سَجَدَ الْعَبْدُ سَجَدَ مَعَهُ سَبْعَةُ آرَابٍ وَجْهُهُ وَكَفَّاهُ وَرُكْبَتَاهُ وَقَدَمَاهُ

    “When a person prostrates, seven parts of his body prostrate with him: His face, his two hands, his two knees, and his two feet.”

  84. Sunan Ibn Majah 886Hasan or sahih

    إِنْ كُنَّا لَنَأْوِي لِرَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ مِمَّا يُجَافِي بِيَدَيْهِ عَنْ جَنْبَيْهِ إِذَا سَجَدَ

    “We used to feel sorry for the Messenger of Allah ﷺ because he took pains to keep his arms away from his sides when he prostrated.”

  85. Sunan Ibn Majah 887Graders disagree

    لَمَّا نَزَلَتْ {فَسَبِّحْ بِاسْمِ رَبِّكَ الْعَظِيمِ} قَالَ لَنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ اجْعَلُوهَا فِي رُكُوعِكُمْ فَلَمَّا نَزَلَتْ {سَبِّحِ اسْمَ رَبِّكَ الأَعْلَى} قَالَ لَنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ اجْعَلُوهَا فِي سُجُودِكُمْ

    “When the following was revealed: ‘So glorify the Name of your Lord, the Most Great’,[69:52] the Messenger of Allah ﷺ said to us: ‘Say this in your Ruku’.’ And when the following was revealed: ‘Glorify the Name of your Lord, the Most High.’[87:1] the Messenger of Allah ﷺ said to us: ‘Say this in your prostrations.’”

  86. Sunan Ibn Majah 888Graders disagree

    أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ يَقُولُ إِذَا رَكَعَ سُبْحَانَ رَبِّيَ الْعَظِيمِ ثَلاَثَ مَرَّاتٍ وَإِذَا سَجَدَ قَالَ سُبْحَانَ رَبِّيَ الأَعْلَى ثَلاَثَ مَرَّاتٍ

    “Subhana Rabbiyal-‘Azim (Glory is to my Lord, the Most Great)” three times, and when he prostrated he said: “Subhana Rabbiyal-A’la (Glory is to my Lord the Most High)” three times.

  87. Sunan Ibn Majah 889Sahih

    كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ يُكْثِرُ أَنْ يَقُولَ فِي رُكُوعِهِ وَسُجُودِهِ سُبْحَانَكَ اللَّهُمَّ وَبِحَمْدِكَ اللَّهُمَّ اغْفِرْ لِي يَتَأَوَّلُ الْقُرْآنَ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ often used to say when bowing and prostrating: ‘Subhanak Allahumma wa bi hamdika, Allahummaghfir li (Glory be to You, O Allah, and praise; O Allah forgive me),’ following the command given by the Qur’an.”[Surat An-Nasr (110)]

  88. Sunan Ibn Majah 890Weak

    إِذَا رَكَعَ أَحَدُكُمْ فَلْيَقُلْ فِي رُكُوعِهِ سُبْحَانَ رَبِّيَ الْعَظِيمِ ثَلاَثًا فَإِذَا فَعَلَ ذَلِكَ فَقَدْ تَمَّ رُكُوعُهُ وَإِذَا سَجَدَ أَحَدُكُمْ فَلْيَقُلْ فِي سُجُودِهِ سُبْحَانَ رَبِّيَ الأَعْلَى ثَلاَثًا فَإِذَا فَعَلَ ذَلِكَ فَقَدْ تَمَّ سُجُودُهُ وَذَلِكَ أَدْنَاهُ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘When anyone of you bows, let him say in his bowing: “Subhana Rabbiyal-‘Azim (Glory is to my Lord, the Most Great)” three times; if he does that his bowing will be complete. And when anyone of you prostrates, let him say in his prostration, ‘Subhana Rabbiyal-A’la (Glory if to my Lord, the Most High)” three times; if he does that, his prostration will be complete, and that is the minimum.’”

  89. Sunan Ibn Majah 891Hasan or sahih

    إِذَا سَجَدَ أَحَدُكُمْ فَلْيَعْتَدِلْ وَلاَ يَفْتَرِشْ ذِرَاعَيْهِ افْتِرَاشَ الْكَلْبِ

    The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: “When anyone of you prostrates let him be balanced in prostration, and not spread his arms as a dog does.”

  90. Sunan Ibn Majah 892Sahih

    اعْتَدِلُوا فِي السُّجُودِ وَلاَ يَسْجُدْ أَحَدُكُمْ وَهُوَ بَاسِطٌ ذِرَاعَيْهِ كَالْكَلْبِ

    “Be balanced in prostration; none of you should prostrate with his arms spread out like a dog.”

  91. Sunan Ibn Majah 893Sahih

    كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ إِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ لَمْ يَسْجُدْ حَتَّى يَسْتَوِيَ قَائِمًا فَإِذَا سَجَدَ فَرَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ لَمْ يَسْجُدْ حَتَّى يَسْتَوِيَ جَالِسًا وَكَانَ يَفْتَرِشُ رِجْلَهُ الْيُسْرَى

    “When the Messenger of Allah ﷺ raised his head from bowing, he would not prostrate until he had stood up straight. When he prostrated, he would raise his head and not prostrate again until he had sat up straight. And he used to spread out his left leg.”

  92. Sunan Ibn Majah 894Weak

    قَالَ لِي رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ لاَ تُقْعِ بَيْنَ السَّجْدَتَيْنِ

    The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said to me: “Do not squat between the two prostrations.”

  93. Sunan Ibn Majah 895Graders disagree

    يَا عَلِيُّ لاَ تُقْعِ إِقْعَاءَ الْكَلْبِ

    “The Prophet ﷺ said: ‘O ‘Ali, do not squat like a dog.’”

  94. Sunan Ibn Majah 896Fabricated

    إِذَا رَفَعْتَ رَأْسَكَ مِنَ السُّجُودِ فَلاَ تُقْعِ كَمَا يُقْعِي الْكَلْبُ ضَعْ أَلْيَتَيْكَ بَيْنَ قَدَمَيْكَ وَأَلْزِقْ ظَاهِرَ قَدَمَيْكَ بِالأَرْضِ

    “The Prophet ﷺ said to me: ‘When you raise your head from prostration, do not squat like a dog. Put your buttocks between your feet and let the tops of your feet touch the ground.”

  95. Sunan Ibn Majah 897Sahih

    كَانَ يَقُولُ بَيْنَ السَّجْدَتَيْنِ رَبِّ اغْفِرْ لِي رَبِّ اغْفِرْ لِي

    “Rabbighfir li, Rabbighfir li (O Lord forgive me, O Lord forgive me).”

  96. Sunan Ibn Majah 898Graders disagree

    كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ يَقُولُ بَيْنَ السَّجْدَتَيْنِ فِي صَلاَةِ اللَّيْلِ رَبِّ اغْفِرْ لِي وَارْحَمْنِي وَاجْبُرْنِي وَارْزُقْنِي وَارْفَعْنِي

    “When praying at night (Qiyamul-Lail), the Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to say between the two prostrations: ‘Rabbighfir li warhamni wajburni warzuqni warfa’ni (O Lord, forgive me, have mercy on me, improve my situation, grant me provision and raise me in status).’”

  97. Sunan Ibn Majah 899Sahih

    كُنَّا إِذَا صَلَّيْنَا مَعَ النَّبِيِّ ﷺ قُلْنَا السَّلاَمُ عَلَى اللَّهِ قَبْلَ عِبَادِهِ السَّلاَمُ عَلَى جِبْرَائِيلَ وَمِيكَائِيلَ وَعَلَى فُلاَنٍ وَفُلاَنٍ يَعْنُونَ الْمَلاَئِكَةَ فَسَمِعَنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ فَقَالَ لاَ تَقُولُوا السَّلاَمُ عَلَى اللَّهِ فَإِنَّ اللَّهَ هُوَ السَّلاَمُ فَإِذَا جَلَسْتُمْ فَقُولُوا التَّحِيَّاتُ لِلَّهِ وَالصَّلَوَاتُ وَالطَّيِّبَاتُ السَّلاَمُ عَلَيْكَ أَيُّهَا النَّبِيُّ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ السَّلاَمُ عَلَيْنَا وَعَلَى عِبَادِ اللَّهِ الصَّالِحِينَ فَإِنَّهُ إِذَا قَالَ ذَلِكَ أَصَابَتْ كُلَّ عَبْدٍ صَالِحٍ فِي السَّمَاءِ وَالأَرْضِ أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لاَ إِلَهَ إِلاَّ اللَّهُ وَأَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا عَبْدُهُ وَرَسُولُهُ حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ أَنْبَأَنَا الثَّوْرِيُّ عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ وَالأَعْمَشِ وَحُصَيْنٍ وَأَبِي هَاشِمٍ وَحَمَّادٍ عَنْ أَبِي وَائِلٍ وَعَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ عَنِ الأَسْوَدِ وَأَبِي الأَحْوَصِ عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ ﷺ نَحْوَهُ حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ مَعْمَرٍ حَدَّثَنَا قَبِيصَةُ أَنْبَأَنَا سُفْيَانُ عَنِ الأَعْمَشِ وَمَنْصُورٍ وَحُصَيْنٍ عَنْ أَبِي وَائِلٍ عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ ح قَالَ وَحَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ عَنْ أَبِي عُبَيْدَةَ وَالأَسْوَدِ وَأَبِي الأَحْوَصِ عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ﷺ كَانَ يُعَلِّمُهُمُ التَّشَهُّدَ فَذَكَرَ نَحْوَهُ

    “When we performed prayer with the Prophet ﷺ we said: ‘Peace be upon Allah from His slaves, peace be upon Jibra’il and Mika’il and so-and-so and so-and- so.’ The Messenger of Allah ﷺ heard us and said: ‘Do not say peace (Salam) be upon Allah, for He is As-Salam. When you sit (during prayer) say: At-Tahiyyatu lillahi was-salawatu wat-tayyibatu; as- salamu ‘alayka ayyuhan-Nabiyyu wa rahmatullahi wa barakatuhu; as- salamu ‘alayna wa ‘ala ‘ibadillahis-salihin (All compliments, prayers and good words are due to Allah; peace be upon you, O Prophet, and the mercy of Allah and His blessings; peace be upon us and upon the righteous slaves of Allah).” For as you say that it will reach every righteous slave in the heavens and on earth. (Then say:) “Ashhadu an la ilaha illallah wa ashhadu anna Muhammadan ‘abduhu wa Rasuluhu (I bear witness that none has the right to be worshipped but Allah, and I bear witness that Muhammad is His slave and Messenger).” (Another chain) with similar wording. (Another chain) that ʿAbdullah bin Masʿud said: "The Prophet ﷺ used to teach us the Tashahhud." And he mentioned similarly.

  98. Sunan Ibn Majah 900Sahih

    كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ يُعَلِّمُنَا التَّشَهُّدَ كَمَا يُعَلِّمُنَا السُّورَةَ مِنَ الْقُرْآنِ فَكَانَ يَقُولُ التَّحِيَّاتُ الْمُبَارَكَاتُ الصَّلَوَاتُ الطَّيِّبَاتُ لِلَّهِ السَّلاَمُ عَلَيْكَ أَيُّهَا النَّبِيُّ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ السَّلاَمُ عَلَيْنَا وَعَلَى عِبَادِ اللَّهِ الصَّالِحِينَ أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لاَ إِلَهَ إِلاَّ اللَّهُ وَأَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا عَبْدُهُ وَرَسُولُهُ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to teach us the Tashah-hud as he used to teach us a Surah of the Qur’an. He used to say: ‘At-Tahiyyatul-Mubarakatus salawatut-tayyibatu lillah; As-salamu ‘alayka ayyuhan-Nabiyyu wa rahmatullahi wa barakatuhu; as-salamu ‘alayna wa ‘ala ‘ibadillahis-salihin. Ashhadu an la ilaha illallah wa ashhadu anna Muhammadan ‘abduhu wa Rasuluhu (All blessed compliments and good prayers are due to Allah; peace be upon you, O Prophet, and the mercy of Allah and His blessings; peace be upon us and upon the righteous slaves of Allah. I bear witness that none has the right to be worshipped but Allah and I bear witness that Muhammad is His slave and Messenger).’”

  99. Sunan Ibn Majah 901Sahih

    أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ خَطَبَنَا وَبَيَّنَ لَنَا سُنَّتَنَا وَعَلَّمَنَا صَلاَتَنَا فَقَالَ إِذَا صَلَّيْتُمْ فَكَانَ عِنْدَ الْقَعْدَةِ فَلْيَكُنْ مِنْ أَوَّلِ قَوْلِ أَحَدِكُمُ التَّحِيَّاتُ الطَّيِّبَاتُ الصَّلَوَاتُ لِلَّهِ السَّلاَمُ عَلَيْكَ أَيُّهَا النَّبِيُّ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ السَّلاَمُ عَلَيْنَا وَعَلَى عِبَادِ اللَّهِ الصَّالِحِينَ أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لاَ إِلَهَ إِلاَّ اللَّهُ وَأَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا عَبْدُهُ وَرَسُولُهُ سَبْعُ كَلِمَاتٍ هُنَّ تَحِيَّةُ الصَّلاَةِ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ addressed us and explained the Sunnah for us, and he taught us our prayer. He said: ‘When you perform prayer, and you are sitting, let the first thing you say be: At-Tahiyyatut-tayyibatus-salawatu lillah; as-salamu ‘alayka ayyuhan-Nabiyyu wa rahmatullahi wa barakatuhu; as-salamu ‘alayna wa ‘ala ‘ibadillahis-salihin. Ashhadu an la ilaha illallah wa ashhadu anna Muhammadan ‘abduhu wa Rasuluhu (All compliments, good words and prayers are due to Allah; peace be upon you, O Prophet, and the mercy of Allah and His blessings; peace be upon us and upon the righteous slaves of Allah. I bear witness that none has the right to be worshipped but Allah and I bear witness that Muhammad is His slave and Messenger). Seven phrases which are the greeting of the prayer.’”

  100. Sunan Ibn Majah 902Weak

    كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ يُعَلِّمُنَا التَّشَهُّدَ كَمَا يُعَلِّمُنَا السُّورَةَ مِنَ الْقُرْآنِ بِاسْمِ اللَّهِ وَبِاللَّهِ التَّحِيَّاتُ لِلَّهِ وَالصَّلَوَاتُ وَالطَّيِّبَاتُ لِلَّهِ السَّلاَمُ عَلَيْكَ أَيُّهَا النَّبِيُّ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ السَّلاَمُ عَلَيْنَا وَعَلَى عِبَادِ اللَّهِ الصَّالِحِينَ أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لاَ إِلَهَ إِلاَّ اللَّهُ وَأَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا عَبْدُهُ وَرَسُولُهُ أَسْأَلُ اللَّهَ الْجَنَّةَ وَأَعُوذُ بِاللَّهِ مِنَ النَّارِ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to teach us the Tashah-hud as he used to teach us a Surah from the Qur’an: ‘Bismillahi wa Billahi; at-tahiyyatu lillahi was-salawatu wat-tayyibatu lillahi; as-salamu ‘alayka ayyuhan- Nabiyyu wa rahmatullahi wa barakatuhu; as-salamu ‘alayna wa ‘ala ‘ibadillahis-salihin. Ashhadu an la ilaha illallah wa ashhadu anna Muhammadan ‘abduhu wa rasuluhu. As’alu Allahal-jannah, wa a’udhu billahi minannar (In the name of Allah and by the grace of Allah. All compliments are due to Allah and all prayers and good words are due to Allah. Peace be upon you, O Prophet, and the mercy of Allah and His blessings; peace be upon us and upon the righteous slaves of Allah. I bear witness that none has the right to be worshipped but Allah and I bear witness that Muhammad is His slave and Messenger. I ask Allah for Paradise and I seek refuge with Allah from the Fire).’”

  101. Sunan Ibn Majah 903Sahih

    قُلْنَا يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ هَذَا السَّلاَمُ عَلَيْكَ قَدْ عَرَفْنَاهُ فَكَيْفَ الصَّلاَةُ قَالَ قُولُوا اللَّهُمَّ صَلِّ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ عَبْدِكَ وَرَسُولِكَ كَمَا صَلَّيْتَ عَلَى إِبْرَاهِيمَ وَبَارِكْ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ وَعَلَى آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ كَمَا بَارَكْتَ عَلَى إِبْرَاهِيمَ

    “We said: ‘O Messenger of Allah! We know what it means to send greetings upon you, but what does it mean to send peace and blessings upon you?’ He said: ‘Say: “Allahumma salli ‘ala Muhammadin ‘abdika wa Rasulika kama salayta ‘ala Ibrahima, wa barik ‘ala Muhammad (wa ‘ala ali Muhammadin) kama barakta ‘ala Ibrahima [O Allah, send Your grace, honor and mercy upon Muhammad, Your slave and Messenger, as You sent Your (grace, honour and mercy) upon Ibrahim, and send Your blessings upon Muhammad (and the family of Muhammad) as You sent Your blessings upon Ibrahim].”

  102. Sunan Ibn Majah 904Sahih

    لَقِيَنِي كَعْبُ بْنُ عُجْرَةَ فَقَالَ أَلاَ أُهْدِي لَكَ هَدِيَّةً خَرَجَ عَلَيْنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ فَقُلْنَا قَدْ عَرَفْنَا السَّلاَمَ عَلَيْكَ فَكَيْفَ الصَّلاَةُ عَلَيْكَ قَالَ قُولُوا اللَّهُمَّ صَلِّ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ وَعَلَى آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ كَمَا صَلَّيْتَ عَلَى إِبْرَاهِيمَ إِنَّكَ حَمِيدٌ مَجِيدٌ اللَّهُمَّ بَارِكْ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ وَعَلَى آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ كَمَا بَارَكْتَ عَلَى إِبْرَاهِيمَ إِنَّكَ حَمِيدٌ مَجِيدٌ

    “I heard Ibn Abi Laila say: ‘Ka’b bin ‘Ujrah met me and said: “Shall I not give you a gift? The Messenger of Allah ﷺ came out to us and we said: ‘We know what it means to send greetings on you, but what does it mean to send peace and blessings upon you?’ He said: ‘Say: Allahumma salli ‘ala Muhammadin wa ‘ala ali Muhammadin, kama sallayta ‘ala Ibrahima, innaka Hamidun Majid; Allahumma barik ‘ala Muhammadin wa ‘ala ali Muhammadin, kama barakta ‘ala Ibrahima, innaka Hamidun Majid (O Allah, send your grace, honour and mercy upon Muhammad and upon the family of Muhammad, as You sent Your grace, honour and mercy upon Ibrahim, You are indeed Praiseworthy, Most Glorious. O Allah, send Your blessings upon Muhammad and the family of Muhammad, as You sent Your blessings upon Ibrahim, You are indeed Praiseworthy, Most Glorious).’”

  103. Sunan Ibn Majah 905Sahih

    أَنَّهُمْ قَالُوا يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ أُمِرْنَا بِالصَّلاَةِ عَلَيْكَ فَكَيْفَ نُصَلِّي عَلَيْكَ فَقَالَ قُولُوا اللَّهُمَّ صَلِّ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ وَأَزْوَاجِهِ وَذُرِّيَّتِهِ كَمَا صَلَّيْتَ عَلَى إِبْرَاهِيمَ وَبَارِكْ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ وَأَزْوَاجِهِ وَذُرِّيَّتِهِ كَمَا بَارَكْتَ عَلَى آلِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ فِي الْعَالَمِينَ إِنَّكَ حَمِيدٌ مَجِيدٌ

    “O Messenger of Allah! We have been commanded to send peace and blessings upon you. How should we send peace and blessings upon you?” He said: “Say: Allahumma salli ‘ala Muhammadin wa azwajihi wa dhurriyatihi, kama sallayta ‘ala Ibrahim; wa barik ‘ala Muhammadin wa azwajihi wa dhurriyatihi kama barakta ‘ala ali Ibrahim fil-‘alamin, innaka Hamidum Majid (O Allah, send Your grace, honour and mercy upon Muhammad and his wives and offspring, as You sent Your grace, honour and mercy upon Ibrahim. O Allah, send Your blessings upon Muhammad and his wives and offspring, as You sent Your blessings upon the family of Ibrahim among the nations, You are indeed Praiseworthy, Most Glorious).”

  104. Sunan Ibn Majah 906Weak

    إِذَا صَلَّيْتُمْ عَلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ فَأَحْسِنُوا الصَّلاَةَ عَلَيْهِ فَإِنَّكُمْ لاَ تَدْرُونَ لَعَلَّ ذَلِكَ يُعْرَضُ عَلَيْهِ قَالَ فَقَالُوا لَهُ فَعَلِّمْنَا قَالَ قُولُوا اللَّهُمَّ اجْعَلْ صَلاَتَكَ وَرَحْمَتَكَ وَبَرَكَاتِكَ عَلَى سَيِّدِ الْمُرْسَلِينَ وَإِمَامِ الْمُتَّقِينَ وَخَاتَمِ النَّبِيِّينَ مُحَمَّدٍ عَبْدِكَ وَرَسُولِكَ إِمَامِ الْخَيْرِ وَقَائِدِ الْخَيْرِ وَرَسُولِ الرَّحْمَةِ اللَّهُمَّ ابْعَثْهُ مَقَامًا مَحْمُودًا يَغْبِطُهُ بِهِ الأَوَّلُونَ وَالآخِرُونَ اللَّهُمَّ صَلِّ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ وَعَلَى آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ كَمَا صَلَّيْتَ عَلَى إِبْرَاهِيمَ وَعَلَى آلِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ إِنَّكَ حَمِيدٌ مَجِيدٌ اللَّهُمَّ بَارِكْ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ وَعَلَى آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ كَمَا بَارَكْتَ عَلَى إِبْرَاهِيمَ وَعَلَى آلِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ إِنَّكَ حَمِيدٌ مَجِيدٌ

    “When you send peace and blessings upon the Messenger of Allah ﷺ, then do it well, for you do not know, that may be shown to him.” They said to him: “Teach us.” He said: “Say: ‘Allahumma aj’al salataka wa rahmataka wa barakatika ‘ala sayyidil-mursalin wa imamil-muttaqin wa khatamin- nabiyyin, Muhammad ‘abdika wa Rasulika imamil-khayri (wa qa’idil- khair), wa Rasulir-Rahmah. Allahummab’athhu maqaman mahmudan yaghbituhu bihil-awwaluna wal-akhirun. Allahumma salli ‘ala Muhammadin wa ‘ala ali Muhammadin kama sallayta ‘ala Ibrahim wa ‘ala ali Ibrahim; Allahumma barik ‘ala Muhammadin wa ‘ala ali Muhammadin kama barakta ‘ala Ibrahim wa ‘ala ali Ibrahim, innaka Hamidum Majid (O Allah, send Your grace, honour, mercy and blessings upon the leader of the Messengers, the imam of the pious and the seal of the Prophets, Muhammad, Your slave and Messenger, the Imam of the good (and the leader) of the good, and the Messenger of mercy. O Allah, raise him to a station of praise and glory that will be the envy of the first and the last. O Allah, send Your grace, honour and mercy upon Muhammad and upon the family of Muhammad, as You sent Your grace, honour and mercy upon Ibrahim, You are indeed Praiseworthy, Most Glorious. O Allah, send blessings upon Muhammad and upon the family of Muhammad as You sent blessings upon Ibrahim and the family of Ibrahim, You are Praiseworthy, Most Glorious).’”

  105. Sunan Ibn Majah 907Graders disagree

    مَا مِنْ مُسْلِمٍ يُصَلِّي عَلَىَّ إِلاَّ صَلَّتْ عَلَيْهِ الْمَلاَئِكَةُ مَا صَلَّى عَلَىَّ فَلْيُقِلَّ الْعَبْدُ مِنْ ذَلِكَ أَوْ لِيُكْثِرْ

    “I heard ‘Abdullah bin ‘Amir bin Rabi’ah narrating from his father that the Prophet ﷺ said: “There is no Muslim who sends peace and blessings upon me, but the angels will send peace and blessings upon him as long as he sends peace and blessings upon me. So let a person do a little of that or a lot.”

  106. Sunan Ibn Majah 908Graders disagree

    مَنْ نَسِيَ الصَّلاَةَ عَلَىَّ خَطِئَ طَرِيقَ الْجَنَّةِ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘Whoever forgets to send peace and blessings upon me, then he has missed the road to Paradise.’”

  107. Sunan Ibn Majah 909Sahih

    إِذَا فَرَغَ أَحَدُكُمْ مِنَ التَّشَهُّدِ الأَخِيرِ فَلْيَتَعَوَّذْ بِاللَّهِ مِنْ أَرْبَعٍ مِنْ عَذَابِ جَهَنَّمَ وَمِنْ عَذَابِ الْقَبْرِ وَمِنْ فِتْنَةِ الْمَحْيَا وَالْمَمَاتِ وَمِنْ فِتْنَةِ الْمَسِيحِ الدَّجَّالِ

    “I heard Abu Hurairah say that the Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘When anyone of you finishes the last Tashah-hud, let him seek refuge with Allah from four things: From the torment of Hell, from the torment of the grave, from the trials of life and death, and from the Fitnah (tribulation) of Masihud-Dajjal.’

  108. Sunan Ibn Majah 910Graders disagree

    قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ لِرَجُلٍ مَا تَقُولُ فِي الصَّلاَةِ قَالَ أَتَشَهَّدُ ثُمَّ أَسْأَلُ اللَّهَ الْجَنَّةَ وَأَعُوذُ بِهِ مِنَ النَّارِ أَمَا وَاللَّهِ مَا أُحْسِنُ دَنْدَنَتَكَ وَلاَ دَنْدَنَةَ مُعَاذٍ فَقَالَ حَوْلَهُمَا نُدَنْدِنُ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said to a man: ‘What do you say during your Salat?’ He said: ‘The Tashah-hud, then I ask Allah for Paradise, and I seek refuge with Him from Hell, but I do not understand what you and Mu’adh murmur (during Salat). He said: ‘Our murmuring revolves around the same things.’”

  109. Sunan Ibn Majah 911Hasan or sahih

    رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ ﷺ وَاضِعًا يَدَهُ الْيُمْنَى عَلَى فَخِذِهِ الْيُمْنَى فِي الصَّلاَةِ وَيُشِيرُ بَإِصْبَعِهِ

    “I saw the Prophet ﷺ putting his right hand on his right thigh during prayer, and pointing with his finger.”

  110. Sunan Ibn Majah 912Sahih

    رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ ﷺ قَدْ حَلَّقَ الإِبْهَامَ وَالْوُسْطَى وَرَفَعَ الَّتِي تَلِيهِمَا يَدْعُو بِهَا فِي التَّشَهُّدِ

    “I saw the Prophet ﷺ making a circle with his thumb and middle finger, and raising the one next to it (the index finger), supplicating with it during the Tashah-hud.”

  111. Sunan Ibn Majah 913Sahih

    كَانَ إِذَا جَلَسَ فِي الصَّلاَةِ وَضَعَ يَدَيْهِ عَلَى رُكْبَتَيْهِ وَرَفَعَ إِصْبَعَهُ الْيُمْنَى الَّتِي تَلِي الإِبْهَامَ فَيَدْعُو بِهَا وَالْيُسْرَى عَلَى رُكْبَتِهِ بَاسِطَهَا عَلَيْهَا

    It was narrated from Ibn ‘Umar that the Prophet ﷺ used to sit during prayer, putting his hands on his knees and raising his right finger which was next to his thumb, supplicating with it, and with his left hand (spread out) on his knee.

  112. Sunan Ibn Majah 914Sahih

    كَانَ يُسَلِّمُ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ وَعَنْ شِمَالِهِ حَتَّى يُرَى بَيَاضُ خَدِّهِ السَّلاَمُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ

    “As-salamu ‘alaikum wa rahmatullah (Peace be upon you and the mercy of Allah).”

  113. Sunan Ibn Majah 915Sahih

    كَانَ يُسَلِّمُ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ وَعَنْ يَسَارِهِ

    It was narrated from ‘Amir bin Sa’d, from his father, that the Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to say the Salam to his right and to his left.

  114. Sunan Ibn Majah 916Sahih

    كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ يُسَلِّمُ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ وَعَنْ يَسَارِهِ حَتَّى يُرَى بَيَاضُ خَدِّهِ السَّلاَمُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ السَّلاَمُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to say the Salam to his right and to his left, until the whiteness of his cheek could be seen (saying): ‘As-salamu ‘alaikum wa rahmatullah, as-salamu ‘alaikum wa rahmatullah.’”

  115. Sunan Ibn Majah 917Weak

    صَلَّى بِنَا عَلِيٌّ يَوْمَ الْجَمَلِ صَلاَةً ذَكَّرَنَا صَلاَةَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ فَإِمَّا أَنْ نَكُونَ نَسِينَاهَا وَإِمَّا أَنْ نَكُونَ تَرَكْنَاهَا فَسَلَّمَ عَلَى يَمِينِهِ وَعَلَى شِمَالِهِ

    “Ali led us in prayer on the day of (the battle of) the Camel, in a way that reminded us of the prayer of the Messenger of Allah ﷺ. Either we had forgotten it or we had abandoned it. He said the Salam to his right and to his left.”

  116. Sunan Ibn Majah 918Graders disagree

    أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ سَلَّمَ تَسْلِيمَةً وَاحِدَةً تِلْقَاءَ وَجْهِهِ

    ‘Abdul-Muhaimin bin ‘Abbas bin Sahl bin Sa’d As-Sa’idi narrated from his father, from his grandfather, that the Messenger of Allah ﷺ said one Taslim to the front.

  117. Sunan Ibn Majah 919Graders disagree

    كَانَ يُسَلِّمُ تَسْلِيمَةً وَاحِدَةً تِلْقَاءَ وَجْهِهِ

    It was narrated from Hisham bin ‘Urwah, from his father, from ‘Aishah, that the Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to say one Salam, to the front.

  118. Sunan Ibn Majah 920Graders disagree

    رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ صَلَّى فَسَلَّمَ مَرَّةً وَاحِدَةً

    “I saw the Messenger of Allah ﷺ performing the prayer, and he said one Salam.”

  119. Sunan Ibn Majah 921Weak

    إِذَا سَلَّمَ الإِمَامُ فَرُدُّوا عَلَيْهِ

    “When the Imam says the Salam, then respond to him.”

  120. Sunan Ibn Majah 922Weak

    أَمَرَنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ أَنْ نُسَلِّمَ عَلَى أَئِمَّتِنَا وَأَنْ يُسَلِّمَ بَعْضُنَا عَلَى بَعْضٍ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ commanded us to greet our Imam with Salam, and to greet one another with Salam.”

  121. Sunan Ibn Majah 923Graders disagree

    لاَ يَؤُمُّ عَبْدٌ فَيَخُصَّ نَفْسَهُ بِدَعْوَةٍ دُونَهُمْ فَإِنْ فَعَلَ فَقَدْ خَانَهُمْ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘No person should lead others in prayer, then supplicate only for himself and not for them. If he does that, he has betrayed them.’”

  122. Sunan Ibn Majah 924Sahih

    كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ إِذَا سَلَّمَ لَمْ يَقْعُدْ إِلاَّ مِقْدَارَ مَا يَقُولُ اللَّهُمَّ أَنْتَ السَّلاَمُ وَمِنْكَ السَّلاَمُ تَبَارَكْتَ يَا ذَا الْجَلاَلِ وَالإِكْرَامِ

    “When the Messenger of Allah ﷺ said the Salam, he would sit only for as long as it took to say: ‘Allahumma Antas-Salam wa minkas-salam. Tabarakta ya Dhal-jalali wal- ikram. (O Allah, You are As-Salam, From You is all peace, blessed are You O Possessor of majesty and honour).’”

  123. Sunan Ibn Majah 925Graders disagree

    كَانَ يَقُولُ إِذَا صَلَّى الصُّبْحَ حِينَ يُسَلِّمُ اللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أَسْأَلُكَ عِلْمًا نَافِعًا وَرِزْقًا طَيِّبًا وَعَمَلاً مُتَقَبَّلاً

    ‘Allahumma inni as’aluka ‘ilman nafi’an, wa rizqan tayyiban, wa ‘amalan mutaqabbalan (O Allah, I ask You for beneficial knowledge, goodly provision and acceptable deeds).’”

  124. Sunan Ibn Majah 926Hasan or sahih

    خَصْلَتَانِ لاَ يُحْصِيهِمَا رَجُلٌ مُسْلِمٌ إِلاَّ دَخَلَ الْجَنَّةَ وَهُمَا يَسِيرٌ وَمَنْ يَعْمَلُ بِهِمَا قَلِيلٌ يُسَبِّحُ اللَّهَ فِي دُبُرِ كُلِّ صَلاَةٍ عَشْرًا وَيُكَبِّرُ عَشْرًا وَيَحْمَدُهُ عَشْرًا فَرَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ يَعْقِدُهَا بِيَدِهِ فَذَلِكَ خَمْسُونَ وَمِائَةٌ بِاللِّسَانِ وَأَلْفٌ وَخَمْسُمِائَةٍ فِي الْمِيزَانِ وَإِذَا أَوَى إِلَى فِرَاشِهِ سَبَّحَ وَحَمِدَ وَكَبَّرَ مِائَةً فَتِلْكَ مِائَةٌ بِاللِّسَانِ وَأَلْفٌ فِي الْمِيزَانِ فَأَيُّكُمْ يَعْمَلُ فِي الْيَوْمِ أَلْفَيْنِ وَخَمْسَمِائَةِ سَيِّئَةٍ قَالُوا وَكَيْفَ لاَ يُحْصِيهِمَا قَالَ يَأْتِي أَحَدَكُمُ الشَّيْطَانُ وَهُوَ فِي الصَّلاَةِ فَيَقُولُ اذْكُرْ كَذَا وَكَذَا حَتَّى يَنْفَكَّ الْعَبْدُ لاَ يَعْقِلُ وَيَأْتِيهِ وَهُوَ فِي مَضْجَعِهِ فَلاَ يَزَالُ يُنَوِّمُهُ حَتَّى يَنَامَ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘There are two characteristics which no Muslim man acquires but he will enter Paradise. They are easy but those who do them are few. At the end of every prayer he should glorify Allah (by saying Subhan Allah) ten times, extol Him (by saying Allahu Akbar) ten times, and praise Him (by saying Al-Hamdu Lillah) ten times.’ I saw the Messenger of Allah ﷺ counting them on his hand. ‘That is one hundred and fifty (after all the prayers of the day) on the tongue, and one thousand and five hundred on the Scale. And when he goes to his bed, let him glorify Allah and praise Him and extol Him one hundred times. That will be one hundred on the tongue and one thousand on the Scale. Who among you does two thousand and five hundred evil actions in one day?’ They said: ‘Who would not be keen to do that?’ He said: ‘But the Shaitan comes to anyone of you while he is performing prayer and says: ‘Remember such and such, remember such and such,” until the person becomes distracted and does not understand (what he is saying). And he comes to him when he is in his bed, and makes him sleepy such that he sleeps.’”

  125. Sunan Ibn Majah 927Hasan or sahih

    قِيلَ لِلنَّبِيِّ ﷺ وَرُبَّمَا قَالَ سُفْيَانُ قُلْتُ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ذَهَبَ أَهْلُ الأَمْوَالِ وَالدُّثُورِ بِالأَجْرِ يَقُولُونَ كَمَا نَقُولُ وَيُنْفِقُونَ وَلاَ نُنْفِقُ قَالَ لِي أَلاَ أُخْبِرُكُمْ بِأَمْرٍ إِذَا فَعَلْتُمُوهُ أَدْرَكْتُمْ مَنْ قَبْلَكُمْ وَفُتُّمْ مَنْ بَعْدَكُمْ تَحْمَدُونَ اللَّهَ فِي دُبُرِ كُلِّ صَلاَةٍ وَتُسَبِّحُونَهُ وَتُكَبِّرُونَهُ ثَلاَثًا وَثَلاَثِينَ وَثَلاَثًا وَثَلاَثِينَ وَأَرْبَعًا وَثَلاَثِينَ

    “It was said to the Prophet ﷺ and perhaps (one of the narrators) Sufyan said: I said: O Messenger of Allah! Those who have property and wealth have surpassed us in reward. They say the same as we do, and they spend but we do not spend.’ He said to me: ‘Shall I not tell you something which, if you do it, you will catch up with those who have surpassed you and you will excel over those who come after you? Praise Allah (by saying Al- Hamdu Lillah) after every prayer, and glorify Him (by saying Subhan- Allah) and extol Him (by saying Allahu Akbar), thirty-three, thirty- three, and thirty-four times.’” Sufyan said: “I do not know which of them was to be recited thirty-four times.”

  126. Sunan Ibn Majah 928Sahih

    كَانَ إِذَا انْصَرَفَ مِنْ صَلاَتِهِ اسْتَغْفَرَ ثَلاَثَ مَرَّاتٍ ثُمَّ يَقُولُ اللَّهُمَّ أَنْتَ السَّلاَمُ وَمِنْكَ السَّلاَمُ تَبَارَكْتَ يَا ذَا الْجَلاَلِ وَالإِكْرَامِ

    “Allahumma Antas-Salam wa minkas-salam tabarakta ya Dhal-jalali wal- ikram” (O Allah, You are As-Salam and from You is all peace, Blessed are You O Possessor of majesty and honour).”

  127. Sunan Ibn Majah 929Hasan or sahih

    أَمَّنَا النَّبِيُّ ﷺ فَكَانَ يَنْصَرِفُ عَنْ جَانِبَيْهِ جَمِيعًا

    “The Prophet ﷺ led us (in prayer), and he used to depart from both sides. (i.e. from either side).”

  128. Sunan Ibn Majah 930Sahih

    عَبْدُ اللَّهِ لاَ يَجْعَلَنَّ أَحَدُكُمْ لِلشَّيْطَانِ فِي نَفْسِهِ جُزْءًا يَرَى أَنَّ حَقًّا لِلَّهِ عَلَيْهِ أَنْ لاَ يَنْصَرِفَ إِلاَّ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ قَدْ رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ أَكْثَرُ انْصِرَافِهِ عَنْ يَسَارِهِ

    “ ‘Abdullah (bin Mas’ud) said: ‘None of you should apportion within himself a part (of his prayer) thinking that it is a right of Allah upon him that he must only turn to his right to leave after finishing the prayer. I saw the Messenger of Allah ﷺ and most of the time he turned to his left.’”

  129. Sunan Ibn Majah 931Hasan or sahih

    رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ ﷺ يَنْفَتِلُ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ وَعَنْ يَسَارِهِ فِي الصَّلاَةِ

    “I saw the Prophet ﷺ departing to his right and to his left when he finished the prayer.”

  130. Sunan Ibn Majah 932Sahih

    كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ إِذَا سَلَّمَ قَامَ النِّسَاءُ حِينَ يَقْضِي تَسْلِيمَهُ ثُمَّ يَلْبَثُ فِي مَكَانِهِ يَسِيرًا قَبْلَ أَنْ يَقُومَ

    “When the Messenger of Allah ﷺ said the Salam, the women would stand up when he finished his Taslim, and he would stay where he was for a little while before standing up. (i.e. to depart).”

  131. Sunan Ibn Majah 933Sahih

    أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ قَالَ إِذَا وُضِعَ الْعَشَاءُ وَأُقِيمَتِ الصَّلاَةُ فَابْدَءُوا بِالْعَشَاءِ

    “If food is served and the Iqamah for prayer is given, then start with the food.”

  132. Sunan Ibn Majah 934Sahih

    إِذَا وُضِعَ الْعَشَاءُ وَأُقِيمَتِ الصَّلاَةُ فَابْدَءُوا بِالْعَشَاءِ قَالَ فَتَعَشَّى ابْنُ عُمَرَ لَيْلَةً وَهُوَ يَسْمَعُ الإِقَامَةَ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘If food is served and the Iqamah for prayer is given, then start with the food.” He said: "Ibn 'Umar ate dinner one night while he could hear the Iqamah."

  133. Sunan Ibn Majah 935Sahih

    أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ قَالَ إِذَا حَضَرَ الْعَشَاءُ وَأُقِيمَتِ الصَّلاَةُ فَابْدَءُوا بِالْعَشَاءِ

    “If food is ready and the Iqamah is being given, then start with the food.”

  134. Sunan Ibn Majah 936Sahih

    خَرَجْتُ فِي لَيْلَةٍ مَطِيرَةٍ فَلَمَّا رَجَعْتُ اسْتَفْتَحْتُ فَقَالَ أَبِي مَنْ هَذَا قَالَ أَبُو الْمَلِيحِ قَالَ لَقَدْ رَأَيْتُنَا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ يَوْمَ الْحُدَيْبِيَةِ وَأَصَابَتْنَا سَمَاءٌ لَمْ تَبُلَّ أَسَافِلَ نِعَالِنَا فَنَادَى مُنَادِي رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ صَلُّوا فِي رِحَالِكُمْ

    “I went out on a rainy night (for congregational prayer), and when I came back I asked for the door to be opened. My father said: ‘Who is this?’ I said: ‘Abu Malih.’ He said: ‘We were with the Messenger of Allah ﷺ at Hudaybiyah and it rained a little, such that the soles of our sandals did not get wet. The announcer of the Messenger of Allah ﷺ called out: ‘Perform your prayer at your camps.’”

  135. Sunan Ibn Majah 937Sahih

    كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ يُنَادِي مُنَادِيهِ فِي اللَّيْلَةِ الْمَطِيرَةِ أَوِ اللَّيْلَةِ الْبَارِدَةِ ذَاتِ الرِّيحِ صَلُّوا فِي رِحَالِكُمْ

    “On rainy nights or on cold windy nights, the Messenger of Allah ﷺ would summon his announcer to call out: ‘Perform your prayer at your camps.’”

  136. Sunan Ibn Majah 938Hasan or sahih

    عَنِ النَّبِيِّ ﷺ أَنَّهُ قَالَ فِي يَوْمِ جُمُعَةٍ مَطِيرَةٍ صَلُّوا فِي رِحَالِكُمْ

    “Perform your prayer at your camps.”

  137. Sunan Ibn Majah 939Sahih

    أَنَّ ابْنَ عَبَّاسٍ أَمَرَ الْمُؤَذِّنَ أَنْ يُؤَذِّنَ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ وَذَلِكَ يَوْمٌ مَطِيرٌ فَقَالَ اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لاَ إِلَهَ إِلاَّ اللَّهُ أَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ثُمَّ قَالَ نَادِ فِي النَّاسِ فَلْيُصَلُّوا فِي بُيُوتِهِمْ فَقَالَ لَهُ النَّاسُ مَا هَذَا الَّذِي صَنَعْتَ قَالَ قَدْ فَعَلَ هَذَا مَنْ هُوَ خَيْرٌ مِنِّي تَأْمُرُنِي أَنْ أُخْرِجَ النَّاسَ مِنْ بُيُوتِهِمْ فَيَأْتُونِي يَدُوسُونَ الطِّينَ إِلَى رُكَبِهِمْ

    “Allahu Akbar, Allahu Akbar, Ashhadu an la ilaha illallah, Ashhadu anna Muhammadan Rasulullah (Allah is the Most Great, Allah is Most Great, I bear witness that none has the right to be worshipped but Allah, I bear witness that Muhammad is the Messenger of Allah).” Then he (Ibn ‘Abbas) said: “Proclaim to the people that they should pray in their houses.” The people said to him: “What is this that you have done?” He said: “One who is better than me did that. Are you telling me that I should bring the people out of their houses and make them come to me wading through the mud up to their knees?”

  138. Sunan Ibn Majah 940Hasan or sahih

    كُنَّا نُصَلِّي وَالدَّوَابُّ تَمُرُّ بَيْنَ أَيْدِينَا فَذُكِرَ ذَلِكَ لِرَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ فَقَالَ مِثْلُ مُؤْخِرَةِ الرَّحْلِ تَكُونُ بَيْنَ يَدَىْ أَحَدِكُمْ فَلاَ يَضُرُّهُ مَنْ مَرَّ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ

    “We used to perform prayer while the beasts were passing in front of us. That was mentioned to the Messenger of Allah ﷺ and he said: ‘If something like the hand of a saddle is placed in front of anyone of you, it will not matter whoever passes in front of him.” It is the piece of wood on the camel saddle which is held on to (to climb onto the camel).

  139. Sunan Ibn Majah 941Sahih

    كَانَ النَّبِيُّ ﷺ تُخْرَجُ لَهُ حَرْبَةٌ فِي السَّفَرِ فَيَنْصِبُهَا فَيُصَلِّي إِلَيْهَا

    “A small spear (Harbah) would be brought out to the Prophet ﷺ when he was travelling; he would plant it (in the ground) to perform prayer while facing it.”

  140. Sunan Ibn Majah 942Sahih

    كَانَ لِرَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ حَصِيرٌ يُبْسَطُ بِالنَّهَارِ وَيَحْتَجِرُهُ بِاللَّيْلِ يُصَلِّي إِلَيْهِ

    “The Messenger of Allah had a reed mat that he would spread out during the day, and make into a compartment at night, towards which he would perform prayer.”

  141. Sunan Ibn Majah 943Weak

    إِذَا صَلَّى أَحَدُكُمْ فَلْيَجْعَلْ تِلْقَاءَ وَجْهِهِ شَيْئًا فَإِنْ لَمْ يَجِدْ فَلْيَنْصِبْ عَصًا فَإِنْ لَمْ يَجِدْ فَلْيَخُطَّ خَطًّا ثُمَّ لاَ يَضُرُّهُ مَا مَرَّ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ

    “When anyone of you performs prayer, let him put something in front of him. If he cannot find anything then let him put a stick. If he cannot find one, then let him draw a line. Then it will not matter if anything passes in front of him.”

  142. Sunan Ibn Majah 944Sahih

    أَرْسَلُونِي إِلَى زَيْدِ بْنِ خَالِدٍ أَسْأَلُهُ عَنِ الْمُرُورِ بَيْنَ يَدَىِ الْمُصَلِّي فَأَخْبَرَنِي عَنِ النَّبِيِّ ﷺ قَالَ لأَنْ يَقُومَ أَرْبَعِينَ خَيْرٌ لَهُ مِنْ أَنْ يَمُرَّ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ

    “They sent me to Zaid bin Khalid to ask him about passing in front of one who is performing prayer. He told me that the Prophet ﷺ said: ‘Waiting for forty is better than passing in front of one who is performing prayer.’” (One of the narrators) Sufyan said: "I do not know if he meant forty years, months, days, or hours."

  143. Sunan Ibn Majah 945Sahih

    سَمِعْتَ مِنَ النَّبِيِّ ﷺ فِي الرَّجُلِ يَمُرُّ بَيْنَ يَدَىِ الرَّجُلِ وَهُوَ يُصَلِّي فَقَالَ سَمِعْتُ النَّبِيَّ ﷺ يَقُولُ لَوْ يَعْلَمُ أَحَدُكُمْ مَالَهُ أَنْ يَمُرَّ بَيْنَ يَدَىْ أَخِيهِ وَهُوَ يُصَلِّي كَانَ لأَنْ يَقِفَ أَرْبَعِينَ قَالَ لاَ أَدْرِي أَرْبَعِينَ عَامًا أَوْ أَرْبَعِينَ شَهْرًا أَوْ أَرْبَعِينَ يَوْمًا خَيْرٌ لَهُ مِنْ ذَلِكَ

    “What did you hear from the Prophet ﷺ about a man when he is performing prayer?” He said: “I heard the Prophet ﷺ saying: ‘If anyone of you knew (how great is the sin involved) when he passed in front of his brother who is performing prayer, then waiting for forty’,” (one of the narrators) said: “I do not know if he meant forty years, forty months, or forty days, ‘would be better for him than that.”

  144. Sunan Ibn Majah 946Graders disagree

    لَوْ يَعْلَمُ أَحَدُكُمْ مَا لَهُ فِي أَنْ يَمُرَّ بَيْنَ يَدَىْ أَخِيهِ مُعْتَرِضًا فِي الصَّلاَةِ كَانَ لأَنْ يُقِيمَ مِائَةَ عَامٍ خَيْرٌ لَهُ مِنَ الْخَطْوَةِ الَّتِي خَطَاهَا

    “The Prophet ﷺ said: ‘If anyone of you knew (how great is the sin involved) in passing in front of his brother while he is performing prayer, waiting for one hundred years would be better for him than one step that he takes.’”

  145. Sunan Ibn Majah 947Sahih

    كَانَ النَّبِيُّ ﷺ يُصَلِّي بِعَرَفَةَ فَجِئْتُ أَنَا وَالْفَضْلُ عَلَى أَتَانٍ فَمَرَرْنَا عَلَى بَعْضِ الصَّفِّ فَنَزَلْنَا عَنْهَا وَتَرَكْنَاهَا ثُمَّ دَخَلْنَا فِي الصَّفِّ

    “The Prophet ﷺ was performing prayer at ‘Arafat, and Fadl and I came riding a female donkey. We passed in front of part of the row, then we dismounted and left the donkey, and we came and joined the row.”

  146. Sunan Ibn Majah 948Weak

    كَانَ النَّبِيُّ ﷺ يُصَلِّي فِي حُجْرَةِ أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ فَمَرَّ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ أَوْ عُمَرُ بْنُ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ فَقَالَ بِيَدِهِ فَرَجَعَ فَمَرَّتْ زَيْنَبُ بِنْتُ أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ فَقَالَ بِيَدِهِ هَكَذَا فَمَضَتْ فَلَمَّا صَلَّى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ قَالَ هُنَّ أَغْلَبُ

    “The Prophet ﷺ was performing prayer in the house of Umm Salamah, and ‘Abdullah or ‘Umar bin Abu Salamah passed in front of him; he gestured his hand, and he went back. Then Zainab bint Umm Salamah passed in front of him, and he gestured his hand, but she kept going. When the Messenger of Allah ﷺ finished his prayer, he said: ‘These (women) are more stubborn.’”

  147. Sunan Ibn Majah 949Sahih

    يَقْطَعُ الصَّلاَةَ الْكَلْبُ الأَسْوَدُ وَالْمَرْأَةُ الْحَائِضُ

    “The prayer is severed by a black dog and a woman who has reached the age of menstruation.”

  148. Sunan Ibn Majah 950Sahih

    يَقْطَعُ الصَّلاَةَ الْمَرْأَةُ وَالْكَلْبُ وَالْحِمَارُ

    “The prayer is severed by a woman, a dog and a donkey.”

  149. Sunan Ibn Majah 951Sahih

    يَقْطَعُ الصَّلاَةَ الْمَرْأَةُ وَالْكَلْبُ وَالْحِمَارُ

    “The prayer is severed by a woman, a dog and a donkey.”

  150. Sunan Ibn Majah 952Sahih

    عَنِ النَّبِيِّ ﷺ قَالَ يَقْطَعُ الصَّلاَةَ إِذَا لَمْ يَكُنْ بَيْنَ يَدَىِ الرَّجُلِ مِثْلُ مُؤْخِرَةِ الرَّحْلِ الْمَرْأَةُ وَالْحِمَارُ وَالْكَلْبُ الأَسْوَدُ قَالَ قُلْتُ مَا بَالُ الأَسْوَدِ مِنَ الأَحْمَرِ فَقَالَ سَأَلْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ كَمَا سَأَلْتَنِي فَقَالَ الْكَلْبُ الأَسْوَدُ شَيْطَانٌ

    “The prayer is severed by a woman, a donkey, and a black dog, if there is not something like the handle of a saddle in front of a man.” I (‘Abdullah) said: “What is wrong with a black dog and not a red one?” He (Abu Dharr) said: ‘I asked the Messenger of Allah ﷺ the same question, and he said: “The black dog is a Shaitan (satan).”

  151. Sunan Ibn Majah 953Graders disagree

    ذُكِرَ عِنْدَ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ مَا يَقْطَعُ الصَّلاَةَ فَذَكَرُوا الْكَلْبَ وَالْحِمَارَ وَالْمَرْأَةَ فَقَالَ مَا تَقُولُونَ فِي الْجَدْىِ إِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ كَانَ يُصَلِّي يَوْمًا فَذَهَبَ جَدْىٌ يَمُرُّ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ فَبَادَرَهُ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ الْقِبْلَةَ

    ‘Mention was made in the presence of Ibn ‘Abbas about what severs the prayer. They mentioned a dog, a donkey and a woman. He said: ‘What do you say about kids (young goats)? The Messenger of Allah ﷺ was performing prayer one day, when a kid came and wanted to pass in front of him. The Messenger of Allah ﷺ preceded it toward the Qiblah. (to tighten the space and prevent it from passing in front of him).’”

  152. Sunan Ibn Majah 954Hasan or sahih

    إِذَا صَلَّى أَحَدُكُمْ فَلْيُصَلِّ إِلَى سُتْرَةٍ وَلْيَدْنُ مِنْهَا وَلاَ يَدَعْ أَحَدًا يَمُرُّ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ فَإِنْ جَاءَ أَحَدٌ يَمُرَّ فَلْيُقَاتِلْهُ فَإِنَّهُ شَيْطَانٌ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘When anyone of you performs prayer, let him pray facing towards a Sutrah, and let him get close to it, and not let anyone pass in front of him. If someone comes and wants to pass in front of him, let him fight him, for he is a Shaitan (satan).’”

  153. Sunan Ibn Majah 955Sahih

    إِذَا كَانَ أَحَدُكُمْ يُصَلِّي فَلاَ يَدَعْ أَحَدًا يَمُرُّ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ فَإِنْ أَبَى فَلْيُقَاتِلْهُ فَإِنَّ مَعَهُ الْقَرِينَ

    “When anyone of you is performing prayer, he should not let anyone pass in front of him. If he insists then let him fight him, for he has a Qarin (devil-companion) with him.”

  154. Sunan Ibn Majah 956Sahih

    كَانَ يُصَلِّي مِنَ اللَّيْلِ وَأَنَا مُعْتَرِضَةٌ بَيْنَهُ وَبَيْنَ الْقِبْلَةِ كَاعْتِرَاضِ الْجِنَازَةِ

    “The Prophet ﷺ used to pray at night, and I was laying between him and the prayer direction, as a (body for a) funeral horizontally.’”

  155. Sunan Ibn Majah 957Sahih

    كَانَ فِرَاشُهَا بِحِيَالِ مَسْجِدِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ

    It was narrated from Zainab bint Umm Salamah that her mother said that her bed was in front of the place where the Messenger of Allah ﷺ prostrated.

  156. Sunan Ibn Majah 958Sahih

    كَانَ النَّبِيُّ ﷺ يُصَلِّي وَأَنَا بِحِذَائِهِ وَرُبَّمَا أَصَابَنِي ثَوْبُهُ إِذَا سَجَدَ

    “The Prophet ﷺ used to perform prayer when I was opposite to him, and his garment would sometimes touch me when he prostrated.”

  157. Sunan Ibn Majah 959Hasan

    نَهَى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ أَنْ يُصَلَّى خَلْفَ الْمُتَحَدِّثِ وَالنَّائِمِ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ forbade performing prayer behind one who is engaged in conversation or one who is sleeping.”

  158. Sunan Ibn Majah 960Sahih

    كَانَ النَّبِيُّ ﷺ يُعَلِّمُنَا أَنْ لاَ نُبَادِرَ الإِمَامَ بِالرُّكُوعِ وَالسُّجُودِ وَإِذَا كَبَّرَ فَكَبِّرُوا وَإِذَا سَجَدَ فَاسْجُدُوا

    “The Prophet ﷺ used to teach us not to bow or prostrate before the Imam; when he says the Takbir then say the Takbir, and when he prostrates, you should prostrate.”

  159. Sunan Ibn Majah 961Sahih

    أَلاَ يَخْشَى الَّذِي يَرْفَعُ رَأْسَهُ قَبْلَ الإِمَامِ أَنْ يُحَوِّلَ اللَّهُ رَأْسَهُ رَأْسَ حِمَارٍ؟

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘Does not the one who raises his head before the Imam fear that Allah may turn his head into the head of a donkey?’”

  160. Sunan Ibn Majah 962Sahih

    إِنِّي قَدْ بَدَّنْتُ فَإِذَا رَكَعْتُ فَارْكَعُوا وَإِذَا رَفَعْتُ فَارْفَعُوا وَإِذَا سَجَدْتُ فَاسْجُدُوا وَلاَ أُلْفِيَنَّ رَجُلاً يَسْبِقُنِي إِلَى الرُّكُوعِ وَلاَ إِلَى السُّجُودِ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘I have gained weight, so when I bow, then bow, and when I stand up, then stand up, and when I prostrate, then prostrate. I should never find anyone preceding me in bowing or prostration.’”

  161. Sunan Ibn Majah 963Hasan or sahih

    لاَ تُبَادِرُونِي بِالرُّكُوعِ وَلاَ بِالسُّجُودِ فَمَهْمَا أَسْبِقْكُمْ بِهِ إِذَا رَكَعْتُ تُدْرِكُونِي بِهِ إِذَا رَفَعْتُ وَمَهْمَا أَسْبِقْكُمْ بِهِ إِذَا سَجَدْتُ تُدْرِكُونِي بِهِ إِذَا رَفَعْتُ إِنِّي قَدْ بَدَّنْتُ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘Do not bow or prostrate before me. No matter how far ahead of you I bow, you will catch up with me when I stand up, and no matter how far ahead of you I prostrate, you will catch up with me when I raise my head. I have become bulky.’”

  162. Sunan Ibn Majah 964Weak

    إِنَّ مِنَ الْجَفَاءِ أَنْ يُكْثِرَ الرَّجُلُ مَسْحَ جَبْهَتِهِ قَبْلَ الْفَرَاغِ مِنْ صَلاَتِهِ

    “It is impolite for a man to wipe his forehead a great deal before he finishes prayer.”

  163. Sunan Ibn Majah 965Weak

    لاَ تُفَقِّعْ أَصَابِعَكَ وَأَنْتَ فِي الصَّلاَةِ

    “Do not crack your fingers during the prayer.”

  164. Sunan Ibn Majah 966Graders disagree

    نَهَى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ أَنْ يُغَطِّيَ الرَّجُلُ فَاهُ فِي الصَّلاَةِ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ forbade a man to cover his mouth during the prayer.”

  165. Sunan Ibn Majah 967Graders disagree

    رَأَى رَجُلاً قَدْ شَبَّكَ أَصَابِعَهُ فِي الصَّلاَةِ فَفَرَّجَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ بَيْنَ أَصَابِعِهِ

    It was narrated from Ka’b bin ‘Ujrah that the Messenger of Allah ﷺ saw a man who had interlocked his fingers during the prayer, so the Messenger of Allah ﷺ separated his fingers.

  166. Sunan Ibn Majah 968Fabricated

    إِذَا تَثَاءَبَ أَحَدُكُمْ فَلْيَضَعْ يَدَهُ عَلَى فِيهِ وَلاَ يَعْوِي فَإِنَّ الشَّيْطَانَ يَضْحَكُ مِنْهُ

    “When anyone of you yawns, let him put his hand over his mouth and not make a sound, because Satan laughs at him.”

  167. Sunan Ibn Majah 969Weak

    الْبُزَاقُ وَالْمُخَاطُ وَالْحَيْضُ وَالنُّعَاسُ فِي الصَّلاَةِ مِنَ الشَّيْطَانِ

    “Spitting, blowing one’s nose, menstruating and drowsiness during the prayer are from Satan.”

  168. Sunan Ibn Majah 970Weak

    ثَلاَثَةٌ لاَ تُقْبَلُ لَهُمْ صَلاَةٌ الرَّجُلُ يَؤُمُّ الْقَوْمَ وَهُمْ لَهُ كَارِهُونَ وَالرَّجُلُ لاَ يَأْتِي الصَّلاَةَ إِلاَّ دِبَارًا يَعْنِي بَعْدَ مَا يَفُوتُهُ الْوَقْتُ وَمَنِ اعْتَبَدَ مُحَرَّرًا

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘There are three whose prayer are not accepted: A man who leads people while they do not like him; a man who does not come to prayer until its end – meaning after its time has expired – and one who enslaves a freed person.’”

  169. Sunan Ibn Majah 971Graders disagree

    ثَلاَثَةٌ لاَ تَرْتَفِعُ صَلاَتُهُمْ فَوْقَ رُءُوسِهِمْ شِبْرًا رَجُلٌ أَمَّ قَوْمًا وَهُمْ لَهُ كَارِهُونَ وَامْرَأَةٌ بَاتَتْ وَزَوْجُهَا عَلَيْهَا سَاخِطٌ وَأَخَوَانِ مُتَصَارِمَانِ

    “There are three whose prayer do not rise more than a hand span above their heads: A man who leads people (in prayer) when they do not like him; a woman who has spent the night with her husband angry with her; and two brothers who have severed contact with one another.”

  170. Sunan Ibn Majah 972Weak

    اثْنَانِ فَمَا فَوْقَهُمَا جَمَاعَةٌ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘Two or more people are a congregation.’”

  171. Sunan Ibn Majah 973Sahih

    بِتُّ عِنْدَ خَالَتِي مَيْمُونَةَ فَقَامَ النَّبِيُّ ﷺ يُصَلِّي مِنَ اللَّيْلِ فَقُمْتُ عَنْ يَسَارِهِ فَأَخَذَ بِيَدِي فَأَقَامَنِي عَنْ يَمِينِهِ

    “I stayed overnight with my maternal aunt Maimunah, and the Prophet ﷺ got up during the night to perform prayer. So I got up and stood on his left. He took me by the hand and made me stand on his right.”

  172. Sunan Ibn Majah 974Graders disagree

    كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ يُصَلِّي الْمَغْرِبَ فَجِئْتُ فَقُمْتُ عَنْ يَسَارِهِ فَأَقَامَنِي عَنْ يَمِينِهِ

    “I heard Jabir bin ‘Abdullah say: ‘The Messenger of Allah ﷺ was performing Maghrib, and I came and stood on his left, but he made me stand on his right.’”

  173. Sunan Ibn Majah 975Sahih

    صَلَّى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ بِامْرَأَةٍ مِنْ أَهْلِهِ وَبِي فَأَقَامَنِي عَنْ يَمِينِهِ وَصَلَّتِ الْمَرْأَةُ خَلْفَنَا

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ led a woman of his household and myself in prayer. I stood to his right and the woman stood behind us.”

  174. Sunan Ibn Majah 976Sahih

    كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ يَمْسَحُ مَنَاكِبَنَا فِي الصَّلاَةِ وَيَقُولُ لاَ تَخْتَلِفُوا فَتَخْتَلِفَ قُلُوبُكُمْ لِيَلِيَنِي مِنْكُمْ أُولُو الأَحْلاَمِ وَالنُّهَى ثُمَّ الَّذِينَ يَلُونَهُمْ ثُمَّ الَّذِينَ يَلُونَهُمْ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to gently pat our shoulders (to make sure the row was straight) at the time of prayer, saying: ‘Keep (the rows) straight, do not differ from one another lest your hearts should suffer from discord. Let those who are forbearing and wise stand closest to me, then those who are next to them, then those who are next to them.’”

  175. Sunan Ibn Majah 977Sahih

    كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ يُحِبُّ أَنْ يَلِيَهُ الْمُهَاجِرُونَ وَالأَنْصَارُ لِيَأْخُذُوا عَنْهُ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ liked the Muhajirun and Ansar to stand closest to him, so that they could learn from him.”

  176. Sunan Ibn Majah 978Sahih

    أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ رَأَى فِي أَصْحَابِهِ تَأَخُّرًا فَقَالَ تَقَدَّمُوا فَأْتَمُّوا بِي وَلْيَأْتَمَّ بِكُمْ مَنْ بَعْدَكُمْ لاَ يَزَالُ قَوْمٌ يَتَأَخَّرُونَ حَتَّى يُؤَخِّرَهُمُ اللَّهُ

    “Come forward and follow me, and let those who are behind you follow your lead. If people continue to lag behind, Allah will put them back.”

  177. Sunan Ibn Majah 979Sahih

    أَتَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ ﷺ أَنَا وَصَاحِبٌ لِي فَلَمَّا أَرَدْنَا الاِنْصِرَافَ قَالَ لَنَا إِذَا حَضَرَتِ الصَّلاَةُ فَأَذِّنَا وَأَقِيمَا وَلْيَؤُمَّكُمَا أَكْبَرُكُمَا

    “I came to the Prophet ﷺ with a friend of mine, and when we wanted to leave, he said to us: ‘When the time for prayer comes, say the Adhan and Iqamah, then let the older of you lead the prayer.’”

  178. Sunan Ibn Majah 980Sahih

    يَؤُمُّ الْقَوْمَ أَقْرَؤُهُمْ لِكِتَابِ اللَّهِ فَإِنْ كَانَتْ قِرَاءَتُهُمْ سَوَاءً فَلْيَؤُمَّهُمْ أَقْدَمُهُمْ هِجْرَةً فَإِنْ كَانَتِ الْهِجْرَةُ سَوَاءً فَلْيَؤُمَّهُمْ أَكْبَرُهُمْ سِنًّا وَلاَ يُؤَمَّ الرَّجُلُ فِي أَهْلِهِ وَلاَ فِي سُلْطَانِهِ وَلاَ يُجْلَسْ عَلَى تَكْرِمَتِهِ فِي بَيْتِهِ إِلاَّ بِإِذْنٍ أَوْ بِإِذْنِهِ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘The people should be lead by the one who is most well-Versed in recitation of the Book of Allah. If they are equal in recitation, then they should be led by the one who emigrated first. If they are equal in emigration, then they should be led by the eldest. A man should not be led among his family or in his place of authority; no one should be sat in his place of honor in his house without permission, or without his permission.’”

  179. Sunan Ibn Majah 981Graders disagree

    كَانَ سَهْلُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ السَّاعِدِيُّ يُقَدِّمُ فِتْيَانَ قَوْمِهِ يُصَلُّونَ بِهِمْ فَقِيلَ لَهُ تَفْعَلُ وَلَكَ مِنَ الْقِدَمِ مَا لَكَ قَالَ إِنِّي سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ يَقُولُ الإِمَامُ ضَامِنٌ فَإِنْ أَحْسَنَ فَلَهُ وَلَهُمْ وَإِنْ أَسَاءَ يَعْنِي فَعَلَيْهِ وَلاَ عَلَيْهِمْ

    “Sahl bin Sa’d As-Sa’idi used to give preference to the young to lead his people in prayer. It was said to him: “Do you do that, when you have such seniority (in Islam)?” He said: “I heard the Messenger of Allah ﷺ say: ‘The Imam is responsible. If he does well, then he will have the reward and so will they, but if he does badly, then that will be counted against him but not against them.’”

  180. Sunan Ibn Majah 982Weak

    يَأْتِي عَلَى النَّاسِ زَمَانٌ يَقُومُونَ سَاعَةً لاَ يَجِدُونَ إِمَامًا يُصَلِّي بِهِمْ

    “I heard the Prophet ﷺ say: ‘A time will come when the people will stand for a long time and will not be able to find any Imam to lead them in prayer.”

  181. Sunan Ibn Majah 983Sahih

    خَرَجَ فِي سَفِينَةٍ فِيهَا عُقْبَةُ بْنُ عَامِرٍ الْجُهَنِيُّ فَحَانَتْ صَلاَةٌ مِنَ الصَّلَوَاتِ فَأَمَرْنَاهُ أَنْ يَؤُمَّنَا وَقُلْنَا لَهُ إِنَّكَ أَحَقُّنَا بِذَلِكَ أَنْتَ صَاحِبُ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ فَأَبَى فَقَالَ إِنِّي سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ يَقُولُ مَنْ أَمَّ النَّاسَ فَأَصَابَ فَالصَّلاَةُ لَهُ وَلَهُمْ وَمَنِ انْتَقَصَ مِنْ ذَلِكَ شَيْئًا فَعَلَيْهِ وَلاَ عَلَيْهِمْ

    “You are the most deserving of that, you were the Companion of the Messenger of Allah ﷺ.” But he refused and said: “I heard the Messenger of Allah ﷺ say: ‘Whoever leads the people and gets it right, the prayer will be for him and for them, but if he falls short, then that will be counted against him but not against them.”

  182. Sunan Ibn Majah 984Sahih

    أَتَى النَّبِيَّ ﷺ رَجُلٌ فَقَالَ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ إِنِّي لأَتَأَخَّرُ فِي صَلاَةِ الْغَدَاةِ مِنْ أَجْلِ فُلاَنٍ لِمَا يُطِيلُ بِنَا فِيهَا قَالَ فَمَا رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ قَطُّ فِي مَوْعِظَةٍ أَشَدَّ غَضَبًا مِنْهُ يَوْمَئِذٍ يَا أَيُّهَا النَّاسُ إِنَّ مِنْكُمْ مُنَفِّرِينَ فَأَيُّكُمْ مَا صَلَّى بِالنَّاسِ فَلْيُجَوِّزْ فَإِنَّ فِيهِمُ الضَّعِيفَ وَالْكَبِيرَ وَذَا الْحَاجَةِ

    “A man came to the Prophet ﷺ and said: ‘O Messenger of Allah! I stay behind and do not perform the morning prayer (in congregation) because of so-and-so, for he makes it too long for us.’ I never saw the Messenger of Allah ﷺ preaching with such anger as he did that day. He said; ‘O people! There are among you those who repel others. Whoever among you leads others in prayer, let him keep it short, for among them are those who are weak and elderly, and those who have pressing needs.’”

  183. Sunan Ibn Majah 985Sahih

    كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ يُوجِزُ وَيُتِمُّ الصَّلاَةَ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to make his prayer brief but perfect.”

  184. Sunan Ibn Majah 986Sahih

    صَلَّى مُعَاذُ بْنُ جَبَلٍ الأَنْصَارِيُّ بِأَصْحَابِهِ صَلاَةَ الْعِشَاءِ فَطَوَّلَ عَلَيْهِمْ فَانْصَرَفَ رَجُلٌ مِنَّا فَصَلَّى فَأُخْبِرَ مُعَاذٌ عَنْهُ فَقَالَ إِنَّهُ مُنَافِقٌ فَلَمَّا بَلَغَ ذَلِكَ الرَّجُلَ دَخَلَ عَلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ فَأَخْبَرَهُ مَا قَالَ لَهُ مُعَاذٌ فَقَالَ النَّبِيُّ ﷺ أَتُرِيدُ أَنْ تَكُونَ فَتَّانًا يَا مُعَاذُ إِذَا صَلَّيْتَ بِالنَّاسِ فَاقْرَأْ بِالشَّمْسِ وَضُحَاهَا وَسَبِّحِ اسْمَ رَبِّكَ الأَعْلَى وَاللَّيْلِ إِذَا يَغْشَى وَاقْرَأْ بِاسْمِ رَبِّكَ

    “Mu’adh bin Jabal Al-Ansari led his companions in the ‘Isha’ prayer and he made it long. A man among us went away and prayed by himself. Mu’adh was told about that and he said: ‘He is a hypocrite.’ When the man heard about that, he went to the Messenger of Allah ﷺ and told him what Mu’adh had said to him. The Prophet ﷺ said: ‘Do you want to be a cause of Fitnah (trial, tribulation), O Mu’adh? When you lead the people in prayer, recite “By the sun and its brightness,”[Ash-Shams 91] and “Glorify the Name of your Lord the Most High,” [Al-A’la 87] and “By the night as it envelopes,” [Al-Lail 92] and “Recite in the Name of your Lord.’”[Al-‘Alaq]

  185. Sunan Ibn Majah 987Hasan or sahih

    كَانَ آخِرَ مَا عَهِدَ إِلَىَّ النَّبِيُّ ﷺ حِينَ أَمَّرَنِي عَلَى الطَّائِفِ قَالَ لِي يَا عُثْمَانُ تَجَاوَزْ فِي الصَّلاَةِ وَاقْدِرِ النَّاسَ بِأَضْعَفِهِمْ فَإِنَّ فِيهِمُ الْكَبِيرَ وَالصَّغِيرَ وَالسَّقِيمَ وَالْبَعِيدَ وَذَا الْحَاجَةِ

    “I heard ‘Uthman bin Abul-‘As say: “The last thing that the Prophet ﷺ enjoined on me when he appointed me governor of Ta’if was that he said: “O ‘Uthman! Be tolerable in prayer and estimate the people based upon the weakest among them, for among them are the elderly, the young, the sick, those who live far from the mosque, and those who have pressing needs.”

  186. Sunan Ibn Majah 988Sahih

    أَنَّ آخِرَ مَا قَالَ لِي رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ إِذَا أَمَمْتَ قَوْمًا فَأَخِفَّ بِهِمْ

    “When you lead people, keep it short for them.”

  187. Sunan Ibn Majah 989Sahih

    إِنِّي لأَدْخُلُ فِي الصَّلاَةِ وَأَنَا أُرِيدُ إِطَالَتَهَا فَأَسْمَعُ بُكَاءَ الصَّبِيِّ فَأَتَجَوَّزُ فِي صَلاَتِي مِمَّا أَعْلَمُ لِوَجْدِ أُمِّهِ بِبُكَائِهِ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘I start prayer and I want to make it long, but then I hear an infant crying, so I make my prayer short, because I know the distress caused to the mother by his crying.’”

  188. Sunan Ibn Majah 990Sahih

    إِنِّي لأَسْمَعُ بُكَاءَ الصَّبِيِّ فَأَتَجَوَّزُ فِي الصَّلاَةِ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘I hear an infant crying so I make the prayer short.’”

  189. Sunan Ibn Majah 991Sahih

    إِنِّي لأَقُومُ فِي الصَّلاَةِ وَأَنَا أُرِيدُ أَنْ أُطَوِّلَ فِيهَا فَأَسْمَعُ بُكَاءَ الصَّبِيِّ فَأَتَجَوَّزُ كَرَاهِيَةَ أَنْ أَشُقَّ عَلَى أُمِّهِ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘I get up to perform prayer and I intend to make it long, but then I hear an infant crying, so I make it short, because I do not like to cause distress to his mother.’”

  190. Sunan Ibn Majah 992Sahih

    أَلاَ تَصُفُّونَ كَمَا تَصُفُّ الْمَلاَئِكَةُ عِنْدَ رَبِّهَا قَالَ قُلْنَا وَكَيْفَ تَصُفُّ الْمَلاَئِكَةُ عِنْدَ رَبِّهَا قَالَ يُتِمُّونَ الصُّفُوفَ الأُوَلَ وَيَتَرَاصُّونَ فِي الصَّفِّ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘Will you not form your rows as the angels form their rows before their Lord?’ We said: ‘How do the angels form their rows before their Lord?’ He said: ‘They complete the first row and they stand close of one another in the line (leaving no gaps between one another).’”

  191. Sunan Ibn Majah 993Sahih

    سَوُّوا صُفُوفَكُمْ فَإِنَّ تَسْوِيَةَ الصُّفُوفِ مِنْ تَمَامِ الصَّلاَةِ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘Make your rows straight, for straightening the rows is part of completing the prayer.’”

  192. Sunan Ibn Majah 994Sahih

    كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ يُسَوِّي الصَّفَّ حَتَّى يَجْعَلَهُ مِثْلَ الرُّمْحِ أَوِ الْقِدْحِ قَالَ فَرَأَى صَدْرَ رَجُلٍ نَاتِئًا فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ سَوُّوا صُفُوفَكُمْ أَوْ لَيُخَالِفَنَّ اللَّهُ بَيْنَ وُجُوهِكُمْ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to straighten the rows until he made them like a spear or an arrow-shaft. Once he saw a man’s chest (sticking out) so the Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘Make your rows straight or Allah will create division among you.’”

  193. Sunan Ibn Majah 995Graders disagree

    إِنَّ اللَّهَ وَمَلاَئِكَتَهُ يُصَلُّونَ عَلَى الَّذِينَ يَصِلُونَ الصُّفُوفَ وَمَنْ سَدَّ فُرْجَةً رَفَعَهُ اللَّهُ بِهَا دَرَجَةً

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘Allah and His angels send blessings upon those who complete the rows, and whoever fills a gap, Allah will raise him one degree in status thereby.’”

  194. Sunan Ibn Majah 996Sahih

    كَانَ يَسْتَغْفِرُ لِلصَّفِّ الْمُقَدَّمِ ثَلاَثًا وَلِلثَّانِي مَرَّةً

    It was narrated from ‘Irbad bin Sariyah that the Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to ask for forgiveness for the first row three times and for the second row twice.

  195. Sunan Ibn Majah 997Hasan or sahih

    سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ يَقُولُ إِنَّ اللَّهَ وَمَلاَئِكَتَهُ يُصَلُّونَ عَلَى الصُّفُوفِ الأُوَلِ

    “I heard the Messenger of Allah ﷺ say: ‘Allah and the angels send blessings upon the first row.’”

  196. Sunan Ibn Majah 998Sahih

    لَوْ يَعْلَمُونَ مَا فِي الصَّفِّ الأَوَّلِ لَكَانَتْ قُرْعَةٌ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘If they knew what (goodness) there is in the first row, they would cast lots for it.’”

  197. Sunan Ibn Majah 999Hasan or sahih

    إِنَّ اللَّهَ وَمَلاَئِكَتَهُ يُصَلُّونَ عَلَى الصَّفِّ الأَوَّلِ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘Allah and the angels send blessings upon the first row.’”

  198. Sunan Ibn Majah 1000Sahih

    خَيْرُ صُفُوفِ النِّسَاءِ آخِرُهَا وَشَرُّهَا أَوَّلُهَا وَخَيْرُ صُفُوفِ الرِّجَالِ أَوَّلُهَا وَشَرُّهَا آخِرُهَا

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘The best rows for women are the back rows, and the worst are the front rows, and the best rows for men are the front rows, and the worst are the back rows.’”

  199. Sunan Ibn Majah 1001Hasan or sahih

    خَيْرُ صُفُوفِ الرِّجَالِ مُقَدَّمُهَا وَشَرُّهَا مُؤَخَّرُهَا وَخَيْرُ صُفُوفِ النِّسَاءِ مُؤَخَّرُهَا وَشَرُّهَا مُقَدَّمُهَا

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘The best rows for men are the front rows and the worst rows are the back rows, and the best rows for women are the back rows and the worst are the front rows.’”

  200. Sunan Ibn Majah 1002Graders disagree

    كُنَّا نُنْهَى أَنْ نَصُفَّ بَيْنَ السَّوَارِي عَلَى عَهْدِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ وَنُطْرَدُ عَنْهَا طَرْدًا

    “We were forbidden to form a row between two pillars at the time of the Messenger of Allah ﷺ, and we would be repelled from them forcefully.”

  201. Sunan Ibn Majah 1003Sahih

    خَرَجْنَا حَتَّى قَدِمْنَا عَلَى النَّبِيِّ ﷺ فَبَايَعْنَاهُ وَصَلَّيْنَا خَلْفَهُ ثُمَّ صَلَّيْنَا وَرَاءَهُ صَلاَةً أُخْرَى فَقَضَى الصَّلاَةَ۔ فَرَأَى رَجُلاً فَرْدًا يُصَلِّي خَلْفَ الصَّفِّ۔ قَالَ فَوَقَفَ عَلَيْهِ نَبِيُّ اللَّهِ ﷺ حِينَ انْصَرَفَ، قَالَ: «اسْتَقْبِلْ صَلاَتَكَ، لاَ صَلاَةَ لِلَّذِي خَلْفَ الصَّفِّ۔»

    We set out until we came to the Prophet ﷺ. We gave him our oath of allegiance and performed prayer behind him. Then we offered another prayer behind him. He finished the prayer and saw a man on his own, praying behind the row. The Prophet of Allah ﷺ stood beside him and when he finished he said: "Repeat your prayer; there is no prayer for the one who is behind the row.”

  202. Sunan Ibn Majah 1004Sahih

    أَخَذَ بِيَدِي زِيَادُ بْنُ أَبِي الْجَعْدِ فَأَوْقَفَنِي عَلَى شَيْخٍ بِالرَّقَّةِ يُقَالُ لَهُ وَابِصَةُ بْنُ مَعْبَدٍ فَقَالَ: صَلَّى رَجُلٌ خَلْفَ الصَّفِّ وَحْدَهُ فَأَمَرَهُ النَّبِيُّ ﷺ أَنْ يُعِيدَ۔

    Ziyad b. Abu Jad took me by the hand and made me stand near an old man at Raqqah whose name was Wabisah b. Mabad, and said: ‘A man performed prayer behind the row on his own, and the Prophet ﷺ commanded him to repeat the prayer."

  203. Sunan Ibn Majah 1005Graders disagree

    إِنَّ اللَّهَ وَمَلاَئِكَتَهُ يُصَلُّونَ عَلَى مَيَامِنِ الصُّفُوفِ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘Allah and His angels send blessings upon the right side of the rows.’”

  204. Sunan Ibn Majah 1006Sahih

    كُنَّا إِذَا صَلَّيْنَا خَلْفَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ قَالَ مِسْعَرٌ مِمَّا نُحِبُّ أَوْ مِمَّا أُحِبُّ أَنْ نَقُومَ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ

    “When we performed prayer behind the Messenger of Allah ﷺ (One of the narrators) Mis’ar said: ‘One of the things we liked, or one of the things I liked’ ‘was to stand to his right.’”

  205. Sunan Ibn Majah 1007Weak

    قِيلَ لِلنَّبِيِّ ﷺ إِنَّ مَيْسَرَةَ الْمَسْجِدِ تَعَطَّلَتْ فَقَالَ النَّبِيُّ ﷺ مَنْ عَمَّرَ مَيْسَرَةَ الْمَسْجِدِ كُتِبَ لَهُ كِفْلاَنِ مِنَ الأَجْرِ

    “It was said to the Prophet ﷺ: ‘The left side of the mosque has been abandoned. The Prophet ﷺ said: “Whoever frequents the left side of the mosque, two Kifl of reward will be recorded for him.”

  206. Sunan Ibn Majah 1008Graders disagree

    لَمَّا فَرَغَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ مِنْ طَوَافِ الْبَيْتِ أَتَى مَقَامَ إِبْرَاهِيمَ فَقَالَ عُمَرُ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ هَذَا مَقَامُ أَبِينَا إِبْرَاهِيمَ الَّذِي قَالَ اللَّهُ {وَاتَّخِذُوا مِنْ مَقَامِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ مُصَلًّى } قَالَ الْوَلِيدُ فَقُلْتُ لِمَالِكٍ أَهَكَذَا قَرَأَ {وَاتَّخِذُوا} قَالَ نَعَمْ

    “When the Messenger of Allah ﷺ finished Tawaf around the House (the Ka’bah), he came to Maqam of Ibrahim (the Station of Ibrahim). ‘Umar said: ‘O Messenger of Allah, this is the Station of our father Ibrahim about which Allah said: “And take you (people) the Maqam of Ibrahim as a place of prayer.’” [2:125]

  207. Sunan Ibn Majah 1009Sahih

    قُلْتُ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ لَوِ اتَّخَذْتَ مِنْ مَقَامِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ مُصَلًّى فَنَزَلَتْ {وَاتَّخِذُوا مِنْ مَقَامِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ مُصَلًّى}

    “I said: ‘O Messenger of Allah ﷺ, why do you not take the Maqam of Ibrahim as a place of prayer?’ Then the following was revealed: ‘And take you (people) the Maqam of Ibrahim as a place of prayer.’” [2:125]

  208. Sunan Ibn Majah 1010Weak

    صَلَّيْنَا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ نَحْوَ بَيْتِ الْمَقْدِسِ ثَمَانِيَةَ عَشَرَ شَهْرًا وَصُرِفَتِ الْقِبْلَةُ إِلَى الْكَعْبَةِ بَعْدَ دُخُولِهِ إِلَى الْمَدِينَةِ بِشَهْرَيْنِ وَكَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ إِذَا صَلَّى إِلَى بَيْتِ الْمَقْدِسِ أَكْثَرَ تَقَلُّبَ وَجْهِهِ فِي السَّمَاءِ وَعَلِمَ اللَّهُ مِنْ قَلْبِ نَبِيِّهِ ﷺ أَنَّهُ يَهْوَى الْكَعْبَةَ فَصَعِدَ جِبْرِيلُ فَجَعَلَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ يُتْبِعُهُ بَصَرَهُ وَهُوَ يَصْعَدُ بَيْنَ السَّمَاءِ وَالأَرْضِ يَنْظُرُ مَا يَأْتِيهِ بِهِ فَأَنْزَلَ اللَّهُ {قَدْ نَرَى تَقَلُّبَ وَجْهِكَ فِي السَّمَاءِ} الآيَةَ فَأَتَانَا آتٍ فَقَالَ إِنَّ الْقِبْلَةَ قَدْ صُرِفَتْ إِلَى الْكَعْبَةِ وَقَدْ صَلَّيْنَا رَكْعَتَيْنِ إِلَى بَيْتِ الْمَقْدِسِ وَنَحْنُ رُكُوعٌ فَتَحَوَّلْنَا فَبَنَيْنَا عَلَى مَا مَضَى مِنْ صَلاَتِنَا فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ يَا جِبْرِيلُ كَيْفَ حَالُنَا فِي صَلاَتِنَا إِلَى بَيْتِ الْمَقْدِسِ فَأَنْزَلَ اللَّهُ ﷻ {وَمَا كَانَ اللَّهُ لِيُضِيعَ إِيمَانَكُمْ}

    “We prayed with the Messenger of Allah ﷺ facing towards Baitul-Maqdis (Jerusalem) for eighteen months, then the Qiblah was changed to the Ka’bah two months after the Prophet ﷺ entered Al-Madinah. When the Messenger of Allah ﷺ prayed towards Baitul-Maqdis, he would often lift his face towards the heavens, and Allah knew what was in the heart of His Prophet and how he longed to face the Ka’bah (during prayer). Jibril appeared (in the sky), and the Messenger of Allah ﷺ started watching him as he was descending between the heavens and the earth, waiting to see what he would bring. Then Allah revealed the words: ‘Verily, We have seen the turning of your face towards the heaven. Surely, We shall turn you to a Qiblah that shall please you, so turn your face in the direction of Al-Masjid Al-Haram (at Makkah). And wherever you people are, turn your faces (during prayer) in that direction.’ [2:144] Then someone came to us and said: ‘The Qiblah has been changed to the Ka’bah.’ We had performed two Rak’ah facing towards Jerusalem. And we were bowing. So we turned around, and we continued our prayer. The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘O Jibril! What about our prayer facing towards Baitul- Maqdis?’ Then Allah revealed the words: “And Allah would never make your faith to be lost.” [2:143]

  209. Sunan Ibn Majah 1011Hasan or sahih

    مَا بَيْنَ الْمَشْرِقِ وَالْمَغْرِبِ قِبْلَةٌ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘What is between the east and the west is the Qiblah (prayer direction).’” This refers to the Qiblah for the the inhabitants of Al-Madinah. (Makkah is to the exact south of Al-Madinah.)

  210. Sunan Ibn Majah 1012Sahih

    إِذَا دَخَلَ أَحَدُكُمُ الْمَسْجِدَ فَلاَ يَجْلِسْ حَتَّى يَرْكَعَ رَكْعَتَيْنِ

    “When anyone of you enters the mosque, let him not sit down until he performs two Rak’ah.”

  211. Sunan Ibn Majah 1013Sahih

    إِذَا دَخَلَ أَحَدُكُمُ الْمَسْجِدَ فَلْيُصَلِّ رَكْعَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ أَنْ يَجْلِسَ

    “When one of you enters the mosque, let him perform two Rak’ah before he sits down.”

  212. Sunan Ibn Majah 1014Sahih

    أَنَّ عُمَرَ بْنَ الْخَطَّابِ قَامَ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ خَطِيبًا أَوْ خَطَبَ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ فَحَمِدَ اللَّهَ وَأَثْنَى عَلَيْهِ ثُمَّ قَالَ يَا أَيُّهَا النَّاسُ إِنَّكُمْ تَأْكُلُونَ شَجَرَتَيْنِ لاَ أُرَاهُمَا إِلاَّ خَبِيثَتَيْنِ هَذَا الثُّومُ وَهَذَا الْبَصَلُ وَلَقَدْ كُنْتُ أَرَى الرَّجُلَ عَلَى عَهْدِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ يُوجَدُ رِيحُهُ مِنْهُ فَيُؤْخَذُ بِيَدِهِ حَتَّى يُخْرَجَ إِلَى الْبَقِيعِ فَمَنْ كَانَ آكِلَهَا لاَ بُدَّ فَلْيُمِتْهَا طَبْخًا

    “O people, you eat two plants that I find are nothing but obnoxious; this garlic and this onion. At the time of the Messenger of Allah ﷺ, if a foul odour was detected from a man, I would see him seized by the arm and taken out to Al-Baqi’. Whoever must eat them, let him cook them to death.”

  213. Sunan Ibn Majah 1015Sahih

    مَنْ أَكَلَ مِنْ هَذِهِ الشَّجَرَةِ الثُّومِ فَلاَ يُؤْذِينَا بِهَا فِي مَسْجِدِنَا هَذَا

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘Whoever eats from this plant; garlic, let him not annoy us with it in this mosque of ours.’”

  214. Sunan Ibn Majah 1016Sahih

    مَنْ أَكَلَ مِنْ هَذِهِ الشَّجَرَةِ شَيْئًا فَلاَ يَأْتِيَنَّ الْمَسْجِدَ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘Whoever eats anything from this plant, let him not come to the mosque.’”

  215. Sunan Ibn Majah 1017Sahih

    أَتَى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ مَسْجِدَ قُبَاءٍ يُصَلِّي فِيهِ فَجَاءَتْ رِجَالٌ مِنَ الأَنْصَارِ يُسَلِّمُونَ عَلَيْهِ فَسَأَلْتُ صُهَيْبًا وَكَانَ مَعَهُ كَيْفَ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ يَرُدُّ عَلَيْهِمْ؟ قَالَ كَانَ يُشِيرُ بِيَدِهِ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ came to the mosque at Quba’ and performed prayer there. Some men of the Ansar came and greeted him. I asked Suhaib, who was with him: ‘How did the Messenger of Allah ﷺ respond to them?’ He said: ‘He gestured with his hand.’”

  216. Sunan Ibn Majah 1018Sahih

    بَعَثَنِي النَّبِيُّ ﷺ لِحَاجَةٍ ثُمَّ أَدْرَكْتُهُ وَهُوَ يُصَلِّي فَسَلَّمْتُ عَلَيْهِ فَأَشَارَ إِلَىَّ فَلَمَّا فَرَغَ دَعَانِي فَقَالَ إِنَّكَ سَلَّمْتَ عَلَىَّ آنِفًا وَأَنَا أُصَلِّي

    “The Prophet ﷺ sent me on an errand, then I caught up with him while he was performing prayer, and I greeted him. He gestured to me, then when he finished, he called me and said: ‘You greeted me before, but I was performing prayer.’”

  217. Sunan Ibn Majah 1019Hasan or sahih

    كُنَّا نُسَلِّمُ فِي الصَّلاَةِ فَقِيلَ لَنَا إِنَّ فِي الصَّلاَةِ لَشُغْلاً

    “We would greet others during the prayer, and it was said to us: ‘During the prayer one is preoccupied.’”

  218. Sunan Ibn Majah 1020Graders disagree

    كُنَّا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ فِي سَفَرٍ فَتَغَيَّمَتِ السَّمَاءُ وَأَشْكَلَتْ عَلَيْنَا الْقِبْلَةُ فَصَلَّيْنَا وَأَعْلَمْنَا فَلَمَّا طَلَعَتِ الشَّمْسُ إِذَا نَحْنُ قَدْ صَلَّيْنَا لِغَيْرِ الْقِبْلَةِ فَذَكَرْنَا ذَلِكَ لِلنَّبِيِّ ﷺ فَأَنْزَلَ اللَّهُ {فَأَيْنَمَا تُوَلُّوا فَثَمَّ وَجْهُ اللَّهِ}

    “We were with the Messenger of Allah ﷺ on a journey, and the sky was overcast so it was difficult for us to determine the Qiblah. So we performed prayer, and we marked the location. Later, when the sun reappeared, we realized that we had prayed facing a direction other than the Qiblah. We mentioned that to the Prophet ﷺ, then the Words were revealed: ‘So wherever you turn there is the Face of Allah.’” [2:115]

  219. Sunan Ibn Majah 1021Sahih

    إِذَا صَلَّيْتَ فَلاَ تَبْزُقَنَّ بَيْنَ يَدَيْكَ وَلاَ عَنْ يَمِينِكَ وَلَكِنِ ابْزُقْ عَنْ يَسَارِكَ أَوْ تَحْتَ قَدَمِكَ

    “The Prophet ﷺ said: ‘When you perform prayer, do not spit in front of you or to your right, but spit to your left or beneath your feet.’”

  220. Sunan Ibn Majah 1022Sahih

    أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ رَأَى نُخَامَةً فِي قِبْلَةِ الْمَسْجِدِ فَأَقْبَلَ عَلَى النَّاسِ فَقَالَ مَا بَالُ أَحَدِكُمْ يَقُومُ مُسْتَقْبِلَهُ يَعْنِي رَبَّهُ فَيَتَنَخَّعُ أَمَامَهُ أَيُحِبُّ أَحَدُكُمْ أَنْ يُسْتَقْبَلَ فَيُتَنَخَّعَ فِي وَجْهِهِ إِذَا بَزَقَ أَحَدُكُمْ فَلْيَبْزُقَنَّ عَنْ شِمَالِهِ أَوْ لِيَقُلْ هَكَذَا فِي ثَوْبِهِ ثُمَّ أَرَانِي إِسْمَاعِيلُ يَبْزُقُ فِي ثَوْبِهِ ثُمَّ يَدْلُكُهُ

    “What is wrong with one of you that he stands facing Him (meaning his Lord) and spits in front of Him? Would anyone like to be faced by someone who spits in his face? If anyone of you needs to spit, then let him spit to his left, or let him do like this in his garment.” Then Ismail (Abu Bakr bin Abu Shuaibah) showed me how he spat in his garment then rubbed it.

  221. Sunan Ibn Majah 1023Hasan

    أَنَّهُ رَأَى شَبَثَ بْنَ رِبْعِيٍّ بَزَقَ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ فَقَالَ يَا شَبَثُ لاَ تَبْزُقْ بَيْنَ يَدَيْكَ فَإِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ كَانَ يَنْهَى عَنْ ذَلِكَ وَقَالَ إِنَّ الرَّجُلَ إِذَا قَامَ يُصَلِّي أَقْبَلَ اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ بِوَجْهِهِ حَتَّى يَنْقَلِبَ أَوْ يُحْدِثَ حَدَثَ سُوءٍ

    “O Shabath! Do not spit in front of you, for the Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to forbid that, and he said: ‘When a man stands up to perform prayer, Allah turns His Face towards him until he turns away or he commits an evil Hadath.’” In Injah Al-Hajah, 'Abdul-Ghani Dehlawi said: "Meaning he does a matter that negates the Khushu'(submissiveness) and attentiveness of his prayer. Or, the meaning of Hadath is invalidating the ablution. The only reason that he described it as 'evil' is because in most cases, its occurrence during prayer is from Shaitan."

  222. Sunan Ibn Majah 1024Sahih

    أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ بَزَقَ فِي ثَوْبِهِ وَهُوَ فِي الصَّلاَةِ ثُمَّ دَلَكَهُ

    It was narrated from Anas bin Malik that the Messenger of Allah ﷺ spat on his garment while he was performing prayer, then he rubbed it.

  223. Sunan Ibn Majah 1025Sahih

    مَنْ مَسَّ الْحَصَى فَقَدْ لَغَا

    The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: “Whoever smoothes the pebbles, then he has engaged in Laghw.” Meaning he has done what is not suitable.

  224. Sunan Ibn Majah 1026Sahih

    فِي مَسْحِ الْحَصَى فِي الصَّلاَةِ إِنْ كُنْتَ فَاعِلاً فَمَرَّةً وَاحِدَةً

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said, concerning smoothing the pebbles during prayer: ‘If you must do that, then do it only once.’”

  225. Sunan Ibn Majah 1027Graders disagree

    إِذَا قَامَ أَحَدُكُمْ إِلَى الصَّلاَةِ فَإِنَّ الرَّحْمَةَ تُوَاجِهُهُ فَلاَ يَمْسَحِ الْحَصَى

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘When anyone of you gets up to perform prayer, then indeed mercy is facing him, so he should not smooth the pebbles.’”

  226. Sunan Ibn Majah 1028Sahih

    كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ يُصَلِّي عَلَى الْخُمْرَةِ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to perform prayer on a Khumrah.”

  227. Sunan Ibn Majah 1029Sahih

    صَلَّى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ عَلَى حَصِيرٍ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ performed prayer on a reed mat.”

  228. Sunan Ibn Majah 1030Graders disagree

    صَلَّى ابْنُ عَبَّاسٍ وَهُوَ بِالْبَصْرَةِ عَلَى بِسَاطِهِ ثُمَّ حَدَّثَ أَصْحَابَهُ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ كَانَ يُصَلِّي عَلَى بِسَاطِهِ

    “When Ibn ‘Abbas was in Basrah, he performed prayer on his rug, then he told his companions that the Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to perform prayer on his rug.”

  229. Sunan Ibn Majah 1031Weak

    جَاءَنَا النَّبِيُّ ﷺ فَصَلَّى بِنَا فِي مَسْجِدِ بَنِي عَبْدِ الأَشْهَلِ فَرَأَيْتُهُ وَاضِعًا يَدَيْهِ عَلَى ثَوْبِهِ إِذَا سَجَدَ

    “The Prophet ﷺ came to us and led us in prayer in the mosque of Banu ‘Abdul- Ashhal, and I saw him putting his hands on his garment when he prostrated.”

  230. Sunan Ibn Majah 1032Weak

    صَلَّى فِي بَنِي عَبْدِ الأَشْهَلِ وَعَلَيْهِ كِسَاءٌ مُتَلَفِّفٌ بِهِ يَضَعُ يَدَيْهِ عَلَيْهِ يَقِيهِ بَرْدَ الْحَصَى

    It was narrated from ‘Abdullah bin ‘Abdur-Rahman bin Thabit bin Samit, from his father, from his grandfather, that the Messenger of Allah ﷺ performed prayer among Banu ‘Abdul-Ashhal, wearing a cloak in which he was wrapped and putting his hands on it to protect them from the cold of the pebbles.

  231. Sunan Ibn Majah 1033Sahih

    كُنَّا نُصَلِّي مَعَ النَّبِيِّ ﷺ فِي شِدَّةِ الْحَرِّ فَإِذَا لَمْ يَقْدِرْ أَحَدُنَا أَنْ يُمَكِّنَ جَبْهَتَهُ بَسَطَ ثَوْبَهُ فَسَجَدَ عَلَيْهِ

    “We used to perform prayer with the Prophet ﷺ when it was very hot. When one of us could not place his forehead firmly on the ground, he would spread his garment and prostrate on it.”

  232. Sunan Ibn Majah 1034Sahih

    التَّسْبِيحُ لِلرِّجَالِ وَالتَّصْفِيقُ لِلنِّسَاءِ

    “The Tasbih (saying Subhan-Allah) is for men and clapping is for women.”

  233. Sunan Ibn Majah 1035Sahih

    التَّسْبِيحُ لِلرِّجَالِ وَالتَّصْفِيقُ لِلنِّسَاءِ

    “The Tasbih is for men and clapping is for women.”

  234. Sunan Ibn Majah 1036Graders disagree

    رَخَّصَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ لِلنِّسَاءِ فِي التَّصْفِيقِ وَلِلرِّجَالِ فِي التَّسْبِيحِ

    “Ibn ‘Umar said: ‘The Messenger of Allah ﷺ granted a concession for the women to clap, and for the men to say the Tasbih.”

  235. Sunan Ibn Majah 1037Sahih

    كَانَ جَدِّي أَوْسٌ يُصَلِّي فَيُشِيرُ إِلَىَّ وَهُوَ فِي الصَّلاَةِ فَأُعْطِيهِ نَعْلَيْهِ وَيَقُولُ رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ يُصَلِّي فِي نَعْلَيْهِ

    “My grandfather, Aws, used to perform prayer, and sometimes he would make a gesture while praying, and I would give him his sandals. He said: ‘I saw the Messenger of Allah ﷺ performing prayer in his sandals.’”

  236. Sunan Ibn Majah 1038Hasan or sahih

    رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ يُصَلِّي حَافِيًا وَمُنْتَعِلاً

    “I saw the Messenger of Allah ﷺ performing prayer both barefoot, and while wearing sandals.”

  237. Sunan Ibn Majah 1039Graders disagree

    لَقَدْ رَأَيْنَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ يُصَلِّي فِي النَّعْلَيْنِ وَالْخُفَّيْنِ

    “We saw the Messenger of Allah ﷺ performing prayer wearing sandals and leather slippers.”

  238. Sunan Ibn Majah 1040Sahih

    أُمِرْتُ أَنْ لاَ أَكُفَّ شَعْرًا وَلاَ ثَوْبًا

    The Prophet ﷺ said: “I was commanded not to tuck up my hair or my garment.” Drawing together during prostration to protect it from the dirt.

  239. Sunan Ibn Majah 1041Graders disagree

    أُمِرْنَا أَلاَّ نَكُفَّ شَعَرًا وَلاَ ثَوْبًا وَلاَ نَتَوَضَّأَ مِنْ مَوْطَإٍ

    “We were ordered to not (tuck up our) hair (nor garment) and not to repeat ablution for what we stepped on.”

  240. Sunan Ibn Majah 1042Hasan or sahih

    رَأَيْتُ أَبَا رَافِعٍ مَوْلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ رَأَى الْحَسَنَ بْنَ عَلِيٍّ وَهُوَ يُصَلِّي وَقَدْ عَقَصَ شَعْرَهُ فَأَطْلَقَهُ أَوْ نَهَى عَنْهُ وَقَالَ نَهَى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ أَنْ يُصَلِّيَ الرَّجُلُ وَهُوَ عَاقِصٌ شَعْرَهُ

    “I heard Abu Sa’d, a man from the people of Madinah, say: ‘I saw Abu Rafi’, the freed slave of the Messenger of Allah ﷺ, when he saw Hasan bin ‘Ali performing prayer, with his hair braided. He undid it, or told him not to do that, and said: “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ forbade a man from performing prayer with his hair braided.”

  241. Sunan Ibn Majah 1043Sahih

    لاَ تَرْفَعُوا أَبْصَارَكُمْ إِلَى السَّمَاءِ أَنْ تَلْتَمِعَ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘Do not lift your gaze to the heavens lest your sight be snatched away,” meaning during prayer.

  242. Sunan Ibn Majah 1044Sahih

    صَلَّى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ يَوْمًا بِأَصْحَابِهِ فَلَمَّا قَضَى الصَّلاَةَ أَقْبَلَ عَلَى الْقَوْمِ بِوَجْهِهِ فَقَالَ مَا بَالُ أَقْوَامٍ يَرْفَعُونَ أَبْصَارَهُمْ إِلَى السَّمَاءِ حَتَّى اشْتَدَّ قَوْلُهُ فِي ذَلِكَ لَيَنْتَهُنَّ عَنْ ذَلِكَ أَوْ لَيَخْطَفَنَّ اللَّهُ أَبْصَارَهُمْ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ led his Companions in prayer one day. When he had finished prayer he turned to face the people and said: ‘What is wrong with some people that they lift their gaze to the heavens?’ He spoke severely concerning that: ‘They should certainly abstain from that or Allah will snatch away their sight.’”

  243. Sunan Ibn Majah 1045Sahih

    لَيَنْتَهِيَنَّ أَقْوَامٌ يَرْفَعُونَ أَبْصَارَهُمْ إِلَى السَّمَاءِ أَوْ لاَ تَرْجِعُ أَبْصَارُهُمْ

    “Let those who lift their gaze to the heavens desist, or their sight will not come back.”

  244. Sunan Ibn Majah 1046Graders disagree

    كَانَتِ امْرَأَةٌ تُصَلِّي خَلْفَ النَّبِيِّ ﷺ حَسْنَاءُ مِنْ أَحْسَنِ النَّاسِ فَكَانَ بَعْضُ الْقَوْمِ يَسْتَقْدِمُ فِي الصَّفِّ الأَوَّلِ لِئَلاَّ يَرَاهَا وَيَسْتَأْخِرُ بَعْضُهُمْ حَتَّى يَكُونَ فِي الصَّفِّ الْمُؤَخَّرِ فَإِذَا رَكَعَ قَالَ هَكَذَا يَنْظُرُ مِنْ تَحْتِ إِبْطِهِ فَأَنْزَلَ اللَّهُ {وَلَقَدْ عَلِمْنَا الْمُسْتَقْدِمِينَ مِنْكُمْ وَلَقَدْ عَلِمْنَا الْمُسْتَأْخِرِينَ} فِي شَأْنِهَا

    “A woman used to perform prayer behind the Prophet ﷺ, and she was one of the most beautiful of people. Some of the people used to go into the first row so that they would not see her, and some of them used to lag behind so that they would be in the last row, and when they bowed, they would do like this so that they could see her from beneath their armpits. Then Allah revealed: “And indeed, We know the first generations of you who had passed away, and indeed, We know the present generations of you (mankind), and also those who will some afterwards.” [15:24] concerning her matter.

  245. Sunan Ibn Majah 1047Sahih

    أَتَى رَجُلٌ النَّبِيَّ ﷺ فَقَالَ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ أَحَدُنَا يُصَلِّي فِي الثَّوْبِ الْوَاحِدِ فَقَالَ النَّبِيُّ ﷺ أَوَكُلُّكُمْ يَجِدُ ثَوْبَيْنِ

    “A man came to the Prophet ﷺ and said: ‘O Messenger of Allah! One of us performs prayer in a single garment.’ The Prophet ﷺ said: ‘Does everyone have two garments?’”

  246. Sunan Ibn Majah 1048Sahih

    أَنَّهُ دَخَلَ عَلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ وَهُوَ يُصَلِّي فِي ثَوْبٍ وَاحِدٍ مُتَوَشِّحًا بِهِ

    Abu Sa’eed Al-Khudri narrated that he entered upon the Messenger of Allah ﷺ when he was performing prayer in a single garment, wrapping himself in it.

  247. Sunan Ibn Majah 1049Sahih

    رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ يُصَلِّي فِي ثَوْبٍ وَاحِدٍ مُتَوَشِّحًا بِهِ وَاضِعًا طَرَفَيْهِ عَلَى عَاتِقَيْهِ

    “I saw the Messenger of Allah ﷺ performing prayer in a single garment, wrapping himself in it and throwing the ends over his shoulders.”

  248. Sunan Ibn Majah 1050Graders disagree

    رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ يُصَلِّي بِالْبِئْرِ الْعُلْيَا فِي ثَوْبٍ

    “I saw the Messenger of Allah ﷺ performing prayer at Bi’r ‘Ulya, in a garment.”

  249. Sunan Ibn Majah 1051Graders disagree

    رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ ﷺ يُصَلِّي الظُّهْرَ وَالْعَصْرَ فِي ثَوْبٍ وَاحِدٍ مُتَلَبِّبًا بِهِ

    “I saw the Prophet ﷺ performing the Zuhr and the ‘Asr in a single garment, wrapping it around his chest.”

  250. Sunan Ibn Majah 1052Sahih

    إِذَا قَرَأَ ابْنُ آدَمَ السَّجْدَةَ فَسَجَدَ اعْتَزَلَ الشَّيْطَانُ يَبْكِي يَقُولُ يَا وَيْلَهُ أُمِرَ ابْنُ آدَمَ بِالسُّجُودِ فَسَجَدَ فَلَهُ الْجَنَّةُ وَأُمِرْتُ بِالسُّجُودِ فَأَبَيْتُ فَلِيَ النَّارُ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘When a son of Adam recites a Sajdah and prostrates, Satan withdraws weeping, saying: ‘Woe is me! The son of Adam was commanded to prostrate and he prostrated, and Paradise will be his; I was commanded to prostrate and I refused, so I am doomed to Hell.’” An Ayah indicating prostration.

  251. Sunan Ibn Majah 1053Hasan

    كُنْتُ عِنْدَ النَّبِيِّ ﷺ فَأَتَاهُ رَجُلٌ فَقَالَ إِنِّي رَأَيْتُ الْبَارِحَةَ فِيمَا يَرَى النَّائِمُ كَأَنِّي أُصَلِّي إِلَى أَصْلِ شَجَرَةٍ فَقَرَأْتُ السَّجْدَةَ فَسَجَدْتُ فَسَجَدَتِ الشَّجَرَةُ لِسُجُودِي فَسَمِعْتُهَا تَقُولُ اللَّهُمَّ احْطُطْ عَنِّي بِهَا وِزْرًا وَاكْتُبْ لِي بِهَا أَجْرًا وَاجْعَلْهَا لِي عِنْدَكَ ذُخْرًا قَالَ ابْنُ عَبَّاسٍ فَرَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ ﷺ قَرَأَ السَّجْدَةَ فَسَجَدَ فَسَمِعْتُهُ يَقُولُ فِي سُجُودِهِ مِثْلَ الَّذِي أَخْبَرَهُ الرَّجُلُ عَنْ قَوْلِ الشَّجَرَةِ

    “I was with the Prophet ﷺ, and a man came to him and said: ‘Last night while I was sleeping, I saw that I was praying towards the base of a tree. I recited (an Ayah of) prostration and prostrated, and the tree prostrated when I did, and I heard it saying: Allahummah-tut anni biha wizran, waktub li biha ajran, waj’al-ha li ‘indaka dhukhran (O Allah, reduce my burden of sin thereby, reward me for it and store it for me with You).’ Ibn ‘Abbas said: “I saw the Prophet ﷺ recite (an Ayah of) prostration and then prostrate, and I heard him saying in his prostration something like that which the man had told him the tree said.”

  252. Sunan Ibn Majah 1054Sahih

    كَانَ إِذَا سَجَدَ قَالَ اللَّهُمَّ لَكَ سَجَدْتُ وَبِكَ آمَنْتُ وَلَكَ أَسْلَمْتُ أَنْتَ رَبِّي سَجَدَ وَجْهِي لِلَّذِي شَقَّ سَمْعَهُ وَبَصَرَهُ تَبَارَكَ اللَّهُ أَحْسَنُ الْخَالِقِينَ

    “Allahumma laka sajadtu, wa bika amantu, wa laka aslamtu, Anta rabbi, sajada wajhi lilladhi shaqqa sam’ahu wa basarahu, tabarak Allah ahsanul-khaliqin (O Allah, to You I have prostrated, and in You I have believed, and to You I have submitted. You are my Lord; my face has prostrated to the One Who gave it hearing and sight. Blessed is Allah the best of Creators).”

  253. Sunan Ibn Majah 1055Weak

    أَنَّهُ سَجَدَ مَعَ النَّبِيِّ ﷺ إِحْدَى عَشْرَةَ سَجْدَةً مِنْهُنَّ النَّجْمُ

    “Abu Darda’ told me that he did eleven prostrations with the Prophet ﷺ, including An-Najm.” Eleven Ayaat of prostrations.

  254. Sunan Ibn Majah 1056Weak

    سَجَدْتُ مَعَ النَّبِيِّ ﷺ إِحْدَى عَشْرَةَ سَجْدَةً لَيْسَ فِيهَا مِنَ الْمُفَصَّلِ شَىْءٌ الأَعْرَافُ وَالرَّعْدُ وَالنَّحْلُ وَبَنِي إِسْرَائِيلَ وَمَرْيَمُ وَالْحَجُّ وَسَجْدَةُ الْفُرْقَانِ وَسُلَيْمَانُ سُورَةُ النَّمْلِ وَالسَّجْدَةُ وَفِي ص وَسَجْدَةُ الْحَوَامِيمِ

    “I performed eleven prostrations with the Prophet ﷺ of which there were none in the Mufassal. Al-A’raf, Ar-Ra’d, An-Nahl, Bani Isra’il, Maryam, Al-Hajj, the prostration in Al-Furqan, Surat An-Naml (mentioning) Sulaiman, As- Sajdah, Sad, and the Ha-Mim Surah.”

  255. Sunan Ibn Majah 1057Weak

    أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ أَقْرَأَهُ خَمْسَ عَشْرَةَ سَجْدَةً فِي الْقُرْآنِ مِنْهَا ثَلاَثٌ فِي الْمُفَصَّلِ وَفِي الْحَجِّ سَجْدَتَيْنِ

    It was narrated from ‘Amr bin ‘As that the Messenger of Allah ﷺ taught him fifteen prostrations in the Qur’an, including three in the Mufassal and two in Al-Hajj.

  256. Sunan Ibn Majah 1058Sahih

    سَجَدْنَا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ فِي {إِذَا السَّمَاءُ انْشَقَّتْ} وَ {اقْرَأْ بِاسْمِ رَبِّكَ}

    “We prostrated with the Messenger of Allah ﷺ in “When the heaven is split asunder” [84:1] and “Read! In the Name of your Lord.” [96:1]

  257. Sunan Ibn Majah 1059Sahih

    أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ﷺ سَجَدَ فِي {إِذَا السَّمَاءُ انْشَقَّتْ}

    "This Hadith was narrated from Yahya bin Sa'eed; I did not hear it from anyone but him."

  258. Sunan Ibn Majah 1060Sahih

    أَنَّ رَجُلاً دَخَلَ الْمَسْجِدَ فَصَلَّى وَرَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ فِي نَاحِيَةٍ مِنَ الْمَسْجِدِ فَجَاءَ فَسَلَّمَ فَقَالَ وَعَلَيْكَ فَارْجِعْ فَصَلِّ فَإِنَّكَ لَمْ تُصَلِّ فَرَجَعَ فَصَلَّى ثُمَّ جَاءَ فَسَلَّمَ عَلَى النَّبِيِّ ﷺ فَقَالَ وَعَلَيْكَ فَارْجِعْ فَصَلِّ فَإِنَّكَ لَمْ تُصَلِّ بَعْدُ قَالَ فِي الثَّالِثَةَ فَعَلِّمْنِي يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ قَالَ إِذَا قُمْتَ إِلَى الصَّلاَةِ فَأَسْبِغِ الْوُضُوءَ ثُمَّ اسْتَقْبِلِ الْقِبْلَةَ وَكَبِّرْ ثُمَّ اقْرَأْ مَا تَيَسَّرَ مَعَكَ مِنَ الْقُرْآنِ ثُمَّ ارْكَعْ حَتَّى تَطْمَئِنَّ رَاكِعًا ثُمَّ ارْفَعْ حَتَّى تَطْمَئِنَّ قَائِمًا ثُمَّ اسْجُدْ حَتَّى تَطْمَئِنَّ سَاجِدًا ثُمَّ ارْفَعْ رَأْسَكَ حَتَّى تَسْتَوِيَ قَاعِدًا ثُمَّ افْعَلْ ذَلِكَ فِي صَلاَتِكَ كُلِّهَا

    “And also upon you. Go back and repeat your prayer, for you have not prayed.” So he went back and repeated his prayer, then he came and greeted the Prophet ﷺ. He said: “And also upon you. Go back and repeat your prayer, for you have not prayed.” On the third occasion, the man said: “Teach me, O Messenger of Allah!” He said: “When you stand up to offer the prayer, perform ablution properly, then stand to face the prayer direction and say Allahu Akbar. Then recite whatever you can of Qur’an, and then bow until you can feel at ease bowing. Then stand up until you feel at ease standing, then prostrate until you feel at ease prostrating. Then raise your head until you are sitting up straight. Do that throughout your prayer.”

  259. Sunan Ibn Majah 1061Sahih

    سَمِعْتُ أَبَا حُمَيْدٍ السَّاعِدِيَّ فِي عَشْرَةٍ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ فِيهِمْ أَبُو قَتَادَةَ فَقَالَ أَبُو حُمَيْدٍ أَنَا أَعْلَمُكُمْ بِصَلاَةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ قَالُوا لِمَ فَوَاللَّهِ مَا كُنْتَ بِأَكْثَرِنَا لَهُ تَبَعَةً وَلاَ أَقْدَمَنَا لَهُ صُحْبَةً قَالَ بَلَى قَالُوا فَاعْرِضْ قَالَ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ إِذَا قَامَ إِلَى الصَّلاَةِ كَبَّرَ ثُمَّ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى يُحَاذِيَ بِهِمَا مَنْكِبَيْهِ وَيَقِرَّ كُلُّ عُضْوٍ مِنْهُ فِي مَوْضِعِهِ ثُمَّ يَقْرَأُ ثُمَّ يُكَبِّرُ وَيَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى يُحَاذِيَ بِهِمَا مَنْكِبَيْهِ ثُمَّ يَرْكَعُ وَيَضَعُ رَاحَتَيْهِ عَلَى رُكْبَتَيْهِ مُعْتَمِدًا لاَ يَصُبُّ رَأْسَهُ وَلاَ يُقْنِعُ مُعْتَدِلاً ثُمَّ يَقُولُ سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ وَيَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى يُحَاذِيَ بِهِمَا مَنْكِبَيْهِ حَتَّى يَقِرَّ كُلُّ عَظْمٍ إِلَى مَوْضِعِهِ ثُمَّ يَهْوِي إِلَى الأَرْضِ وَيُجَافِي يَدَيْهِ عَنْ جَنْبَيْهِ ثُمَّ يَرْفَعُ رَأْسَهُ وَيَثْنِي رِجْلَهُ الْيُسْرَى فَيَقْعُدُ عَلَيْهَا وَيَفْتَخُ أَصَابِعَ رِجْلَيْهِ إِذَا سَجَدَ ثُمَّ يَسْجُدُ ثُمَّ يُكَبِّرُ وَيَجْلِسُ عَلَى رِجْلِهِ الْيُسْرَى حَتَّى يَرْجِعَ كُلُّ عَظْمٍ مِنْهُ إِلَى مَوْضِعِهِ ثُمَّ يَقُومُ فَيَصْنَعُ فِي الرَّكْعَةِ الأُخْرَى مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ ثُمَّ إِذَا قَامَ مِنَ الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ رَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى يُحَاذِيَ بِهِمَا مَنْكِبَيْهِ كَمَا صَنَعَ عِنْدَ افْتِتَاحِ الصَّلاَةِ ثُمَّ يُصَلِّي بَقِيَّةَ صَلاَتِهِ هَكَذَا حَتَّى إِذَا كَانَتِ السَّجْدَةُ الَّتِي يَنْقَضِي فِيهَا التَّسْلِيمُ أَخَّرَ إِحْدَى رِجْلَيْهِ وَجَلَسَ عَلَى شِقِّهِ الأَيْسَرِ مُتَوَرِّكًا قَالُوا صَدَقْتَ هَكَذَا كَانَ يُصَلِّي رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ

    ‘While he was among ten of the Companions of the Messenger of Allah ﷺ including Abu Qatadah: “I heard Abu Humaid As-Sa’idi say: ‘I am the most knowledgeable of you concerning the prayer of the Messenger of Allah ﷺ.’ They said: ‘Why? By Allah, you did not follow him more than we did, and you did not accompany him for longer.’ He said: ‘Yes I am.’ They said: ‘Show us.’ He said: ‘When the Messenger of Allah ﷺ stood up for prayer, he would say the Takbir, then he would raise his hands parallel to his shoulders, and every part of his body would settle in place. Then he would recite, then he would raise his hands parallel to his shoulders and bow, placing his palms on his knees and supporting his weight on them. He neither lowered his head, nor raised it up, it was evenly balanced (between either extreme). Then he would say: “Sami’ Allahu liman hamidah (Allah hears those who praise Him); and he would raise his hands parallel with his shoulders, until every bone returned to its place. Then he would prostrate himself on the ground, keeping his arms away from his sides. Then he would raise his head and tuck his left foot under him and sit on it, and he would spread his toes when he prostrated. Then he would prostrate, then say the Takbir and sit on his left foot, until every bone returned to its place. Then he would stand up and do the same in the next Rak’ah. Then when he stood up after two Rak’ah, he would raise his hands level with his shoulders as he did at the beginning of the prayer. Then he would offer the rest of his prayer in like manner until, when he did the prostration after which the Taslim comes, he would push one of his feet back and sit with his weight on his left side, Mutawarrikan.’ They said: ‘You have spoken the truth; this is how the Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to perform the prayer.’” Meaning that he would plant them in such a way that they were facing the Qiblah. Mutawarrikan: i.e., sitting with the left foot brought forward so that one's buttocks are in direct contact with the ground.

  260. Sunan Ibn Majah 1062Weak

    سَأَلْتُ عَائِشَةَ كَيْفَ كَانَتْ صَلاَةُ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ قَالَتْ كَانَ النَّبِيُّ ﷺ إِذَا تَوَضَّأَ فَوَضَعَ يَدَيْهِ فِي الإِنَاءِ سَمَّى اللَّهَ وَيُسْبِغُ الْوُضُوءَ ثُمَّ يَقُومُ فَيَسْتَقْبِلُ الْقِبْلَةَ فَيُكَبِّرُ وَيَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ حِذَاءَ مَنْكِبَيْهِ ثُمَّ يَرْكَعُ فَيَضَعُ يَدَيْهِ عَلَى رُكْبَتَيْهِ وَيُجَافِي بِعَضُدَيْهِ ثُمَّ يَرْفَعُ رَأْسَهُ فَيُقِيمُ صُلْبَهُ وَيَقُومُ قِيَامًا هُوَ أَطْوَلُ مِنْ قِيَامِكُمْ قَلِيلاً ثُمَّ يَسْجُدُ فَيَضَعُ يَدَيْهِ تِجَاهَ الْقِبْلَةِ وَيُجَافِي بِعَضُدَيْهِ مَا اسْتَطَاعَ فِيمَا رَأَيْتُ ثُمَّ يَرْفَعُ رَأْسَهُ فَيَجْلِسُ عَلَى قَدَمِهِ الْيُسْرَى وَيَنْصِبُ الْيُمْنَى وَيَكْرَهُ أَنْ يَسْقُطَ عَلَى شِقِّهِ الأَيْسَرِ

    “I asked ‘Aishah: ‘How did the Messenger of Allah ﷺ perform prayer?’ She said: ‘When the Prophet ﷺ performed ablution, he would put his hand in the vessel and say Bismillah, and he would perform ablution properly. Then he would stand and face the Qiblah. He would say the Takbir raising his hands parallel to his shoulders. Then he would bow, putting his hands on his knees and keeping his arms away from his sides. Then he would raise his head and straighten his back, and he would stand a little longer than your standing. Then he would prostrate, pointing his hands towards the Qiblah, keeping his arms away (from his sides) as much as possible, according to what I have seen. Then he would raise his head and sit on his left foot with his right foot held upright, and he disliked leaning towards his left side.’”

  261. Sunan Ibn Majah 1063Sahih

    صَلاَةُ السَّفَرِ رَكْعَتَانِ وَالْجُمُعَةُ رَكْعَتَانِ وَالْعِيدُ رَكْعَتَانِ تَمَامٌ غَيْرُ قَصْرٍ عَلَى لِسَانِ مُحَمَّدٍ ﷺ

    “The prayer while traveling is two Rak’ah, and Friday is two Rak’ah, and ‘Eid is two Rak’ah. They are complete and are not shortened, as told by Muhammad ﷺ.”

  262. Sunan Ibn Majah 1064Sahih

    صَلاَةُ السَّفَرِ رَكْعَتَانِ وَصَلاَةُ الْجُمُعَةِ رَكْعَتَانِ وَالْفِطْرُ وَالأَضْحَى رَكْعَتَانِ تَمَامٌ غَيْرُ قَصْرٍ عَلَى لِسَانِ مُحَمَّدٍ ﷺ

    “The prayer when traveling is two Rak’ah, and Friday is two Rak’ah, and Al-Fitr and Al-Adha are two Rak’ah, complete, not shortened, as told by Muhammad ﷺ.”

  263. Sunan Ibn Majah 1065Sahih

    سَأَلْتُ عُمَرَ بْنَ الْخَطَّابِ قُلْتُ لَيْسَ عَلَيْكُمْ جُنَاحٌ أَنْ تَقْصُرُوا مِنَ الصَّلاَةِ إِنْ خِفْتُمْ أَنْ يَفْتِنَكُمُ الَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا وَقَدْ أَمِنَ النَّاسُ فَقَالَ عَجِبْتُ مِمَّا عَجِبْتَ مِنْهُ فَسَأَلْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ عَنْ ذَلِكَ فَقَالَ صَدَقَةٌ تَصَدَّقَ اللَّهُ بِهَا عَلَيْكُمْ فَاقْبَلُوا صَدَقَتَهُ

    “I asked ‘Umar bin Khattab: ‘Allah says: “And when you travel in the land, there is no sin on you if you shorten the prayer if you fear that the disbelievers may put you in trial (attack you), verily, the disbelievers are ever to you open enemies,” [4:101] but now there is security and people are safe.’ He said: ‘I found it strange just as you do, so I asked the Messenger of Allah ﷺ about that, and he said: “It is charity that Allah has bestowed upon you, so accept His charity.”

  264. Sunan Ibn Majah 1066Hasan or sahih

    إِنَّا نَجِدُ صَلاَةَ الْحَضَرِ وَصَلاَةَ الْخَوْفِ فِي الْقُرْآنِ وَلاَ نَجِدُ صَلاَةَ السَّفَرِ فَقَالَ لَهُ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ إِنَّ اللَّهَ بَعَثَ إِلَيْنَا مُحَمَّدًا ﷺ وَلاَ نَعْلَمُ شَيْئًا فَإِنَّمَا نَفْعَلُ كَمَا رَأَيْنَا مُحَمَّدًا ﷺ يَفْعَلُ

    “We find (mention of) the prayer of the resident and the prayer in a state of fear in the Qur’an, but we do not find any mention of the prayer of the traveler. ‘Abdullah said to him: “Allah sent Muhammad ﷺ to us, and we did not know anything, rather we do what we saw Muhammad ﷺ doing.”

  265. Sunan Ibn Majah 1067Hasan or sahih

    كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ إِذَا خَرَجَ مِنْ هَذِهِ الْمَدِينَةِ لَمْ يَزِدْ عَلَى رَكْعَتَيْنِ حَتَّى يَرْجِعَ إِلَيْهَا

    “When the Messenger of Allah ﷺ went out from this city (Al-Madinah) he did not perform more than two Rak’ah for prayer until he returned.”

  266. Sunan Ibn Majah 1068Sahih

    افْتَرَضَ اللَّهُ الصَّلاَةَ عَلَى لِسَانِ نَبِيِّكُمْ ﷺ فِي الْحَضَرِ أَرْبَعًا وَفِي السَّفَرِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ

    “Allah enjoined the prayer upon the tongue of your Prophet ﷺ: Four Rak’ah while a resident and two Rak’ah when traveling.”

  267. Sunan Ibn Majah 1069Weak

    كَانَ يَجْمَعُ بَيْنَ الْمَغْرِبِ وَالْعِشَاءِ فِي السَّفَرِ مِنْ غَيْرِ أَنْ يُعْجِلَهُ شَىْءٌ وَلاَ يَطْلُبَهُ عَدُوٌّ وَلاَ يَخَافَ شَيْئًا

    It was narrated from Mujahid, Sa’eed bin Jubair, ‘Ata’ bin Abi Rabah and Tawus that Ibn ‘Abbas told them that the Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to combine the Maghrib and ‘Isha’ when traveling, although there was nothing to make him hurry and no enemy pursuing him, and he was not afraid of anything.

  268. Sunan Ibn Majah 1070Sahih

    أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ﷺ جَمَعَ بَيْنَ الظُّهْرِ وَالْعَصْرِ وَالْمَغْرِبِ وَالْعِشَاءِ فِي غَزْوَةِ تَبُوكَ فِي السَّفَرِ

    It was narrated from Mu’adh bin Jabal that the Prophet ﷺ combined the Zuhr and ‘Asr, and the Maghrib and ‘Isha’ when traveling during the campaign of Tabuk.

  269. Sunan Ibn Majah 1071Sahih

    كَنَّا مَعَ ابْنِ عُمَرَ فِي سَفَرٍ فَصَلَّى بِنَا ثُمَّ انْصَرَفْنَا مَعَهُ وَانْصَرَفَ قَالَ فَالْتَفَتَ فَرَأَى أُنَاسًا يُصَلُّونَ فَقَالَ مَا يَصْنَعُ هَؤُلاَءِ قُلْتُ يُسَبِّحُونَ قَالَ لَوْ كُنْتُ مُسَبِّحًا لأَتْمَمْتُ صَلاَتِي يَا ابْنَ أَخِي إِنِّي صَحِبْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ فَلَمْ يَزِدْ عَلَى رَكْعَتَيْنِ فِي السَّفَرِ حَتَّى قَبَضَهُ اللَّهُ ثُمَّ صَحِبْتُ أَبَا بَكْرٍ فَلَمْ يَزِدْ عَلَى رَكْعَتَيْنِ ثُمَّ صَحِبْتُ عُمَرَ فَلَمْ يَزِدْ عَلَى رَكْعَتَيْنِ ثُمَّ صَحِبْتُ عُثْمَانَ فَلَمْ يَزِدْ عَلَى رَكْعَتَيْنِ حَتَّى قَبَضَهُمُ اللَّهُ وَاللَّهُ يَقُولُ {لَقَدْ كَانَ لَكُمْ فِي رَسُولِ اللَّهِ أُسْوَةٌ حَسَنَةٌ }

    “We were with Ibn ‘Umar on a journey, and he led us in prayer. Then we finished with him and he finished turning around, and saw some people praying. He said: ‘What are these people doing?’ I said: ‘Glorifying Allah.’ He said: ‘If I wanted to glorify Allah (perform voluntary prayer) I would have completed my prayer. O son of my brother! I accompanied the Messenger of Allah ﷺ and he never prayed more than two Rak’ah when he was traveling, until Allah took his soul. Then I accompanied Abu Bakr and he never prayed more than two Rak’ah (when he was traveling), until Allah took his soul. Then I accompanied ‘Umar and he never prayed more than two Rak’ah, until Allah took his soul. Then I accompanied ‘Uthman and he never prayed more than two Rak’ah, until Allah took his soul. Allah says: ‘Indeed in the Messenger of Allah (Muhammad ﷺ) you have a good example to follow.’” [33:21] Meaning, they were offering voluntary prayer.

  270. Sunan Ibn Majah 1072Graders disagree

    فَرَضَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ صَلاَةَ الْحَضَرِ وَصَلاَةَ السَّفَرِ فَكُنَّا نُصَلِّي فِي الْحَضَرِ قَبْلَهَا وَبَعْدَهَا وَكُنَّا نُصَلِّي فِي السَّفَرِ قَبْلَهَا وَبَعْدَهَا

    “I asked Tawus about performing voluntary prayer while traveling. Al-Hasan bin Muslim bin Yannaq was sitting with him and he said: ‘Tawus told me that he heard Ibn ‘Abbas say: “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ enjoined prayer while a resident and prayer when one is traveling. We used to pray when we were residents both before and after (the obligatory prayer), and we used to pray both before and after (the obligatory prayer) when we were traveling.’”

  271. Sunan Ibn Majah 1073Sahih

    سَأَلْتُ السَّائِبَ بْنَ يَزِيدَ مَاذَا سَمِعْتَ فِي سُكْنَى مَكَّةَ قَالَ سَمِعْتُ الْعَلاَءَ بْنَ الْحَضْرَمِيِّ يَقُولُ قَالَ النَّبِيُّ ﷺ ثَلاَثًا لِلْمُهَاجِرِ بَعْدَ الصَّدَرِ

    “I asked Sa’ib bin Yazid: ‘What have you heard about staying in Makkah?’ He said: ‘I heard ‘Ala’ bin Hadrami say: “The Prophet ﷺ said: ‘Three (days) for the Muhajir after departing (from Mina).’” The meaning of it is: being hished from the rites (of Hajj).

  272. Sunan Ibn Majah 1074Sahih

    قَدِمَ النَّبِيُّ ﷺ مَكَّةَ صُبْحَ رَابِعَةٍ مَضَتْ مِنْ شَهْرِ ذِي الْحِجَّةِ

    “Jabir bin ‘Abdullah, who was among the people with me, told me that the Prophet ﷺ arrived in Makkah in the morning of the fourth day of Dhul-Hijjah.”

  273. Sunan Ibn Majah 1075Sahih

    أَقَامَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ تِسْعَةَ عَشَرَ يَوْمًا يُصَلِّي رَكْعَتَيْنِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ فَنَحْنُ إِذَا أَقَمْنَا تِسْعَةَ عَشَرَ يَوْمًا نُصَلِّي رَكْعَتَيْنِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ فَإِذَا أَقَمْنَا أَكْثَرَ مِنْ ذَلِكَ صَلَّيْنَا أَرْبَعًا

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ stayed for nineteen days in which he shortened his prayer to two Rak’ah. So, whenever we stayed for nineteen days we would shorten our prayer to two Rak’ah, but if we stayed more than that we would pray four Rak’ah.”

  274. Sunan Ibn Majah 1076Graders disagree

    أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ أَقَامَ بِمَكَّةَ عَامَ الْفَتْحِ خَمْسَ عَشْرَةَ لَيْلَةً يَقْصُرُ الصَّلاَةَ

    It was narrated from Ibn ‘Abbas that the Messenger of Allah ﷺ stayed in Makkah for fifteen nights during the year of the Conquest, (during which time) he shortened his prayer.

  275. Sunan Ibn Majah 1077Sahih

    خَرَجْنَا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ مِنَ الْمَدِينَةِ إِلَى مَكَّةَ فَصَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ حَتَّى رَجَعْنَا قُلْتُ كَمْ أَقَامَ بِمَكَّةَ؟ قَالَ عَشْرًا

    “We went out with the Messenger of Allah ﷺ from Al-Madinah to Makkah, during which time we shortened our prayer to two Rak’ah, until we came back.” I asked: “How long did he stay in Makkah?” He said: “Ten (days).”

  276. Sunan Ibn Majah 1078Sahih

    بَيْنَ الْعَبْدِ وَبَيْنَ الْكُفْرِ تَرْكُ الصَّلاَةِ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘Between a person and Kufr (disbelief) is abandoning the prayer.’”

  277. Sunan Ibn Majah 1079Hasan or sahih

    الْعَهْدُ الَّذِي بَيْنَنَا وَبَيْنَهُمُ الصَّلاَةُ فَمَنْ تَرَكَهَا فَقَدْ كَفَرَ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘The covenant that distinguishes between us and them is prayer; so whoever leaves it, he has committed Kufr.’”

  278. Sunan Ibn Majah 1080Graders disagree

    لَيْسَ بَيْنَ الْعَبْدِ وَالشِّرْكِ إِلاَّ تَرْكُ الصَّلاَةِ فَإِذَا تَرَكَهَا فَقَدْ أَشْرَكَ

    “There is nothing standing between a person and Shirk (polytheism) except leaving the prayer, so if he leaves it he has committed Shirk.”

  279. Sunan Ibn Majah 1081Weak

    خَطَبَنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ فَقَالَ يَا أَيُّهَا النَّاسُ تُوبُوا إِلَى اللَّهِ قَبْلَ أَنْ تَمُوتُوا وَبَادِرُوا بِالأَعْمَالِ الصَّالِحَةِ قَبْلَ أَنْ تُشْغَلُوا وَصِلُوا الَّذِي بَيْنَكُمْ وَبَيْنَ رَبِّكُمْ بِكَثْرَةِ ذِكْرِكُمْ لَهُ وَكَثْرَةِ الصَّدَقَةِ فِي السِّرِّ وَالْعَلاَنِيَةِ تُرْزَقُوا وَتُنْصَرُوا وَتُجْبَرُوا وَاعْلَمُوا أَنَّ اللَّهَ قَدِ افْتَرَضَ عَلَيْكُمُ الْجُمُعَةَ فِي مَقَامِي هَذَا فِي يَوْمِي هَذَا فِي شَهْرِي هَذَا مِنْ عَامِي هَذَا إِلَى يَوْمِ الْقِيَامَةِ فَمَنْ تَرَكَهَا فِي حَيَاتِي أَوْ بَعْدِي وَلَهُ إِمَامٌ عَادِلٌ أَوْ جَائِرٌ اسْتِخْفَافًا بِهَا أَوْ جُحُودًا بِهَا فَلاَ جَمَعَ اللَّهُ لَهُ شَمْلَهُ وَلاَ بَارَكَ لَهُ فِي أَمْرِهِ أَلاَ وَلاَ صَلاَةَ لَهُ وَلاَ زَكَاةَ لَهُ وَلاَ حَجَّ لَهُ وَلاَ صَوْمَ لَهُ وَلاَ بِرَّ لَهُ حَتَّى يَتُوبَ فَمَنْ تَابَ تَابَ اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ أَلاَ لاَ تَؤُمَّنَّ امْرَأَةٌ رَجُلاً وَلاَ يَؤُمَّنَّ أَعْرَابِيٌّ مُهَاجِرًا وَلاَ يَؤُمَّ فَاجِرٌ مُؤْمِنًا إِلاَّ أَنْ يَقْهَرَهُ بِسُلْطَانٍ يَخَافُ سَيْفَهُ وَسَوْطَهُ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ delivered a sermon to us and said: ‘O people! Repent to Allah before you die. Hasten to do good deeds before you become preoccupied (because of sickness and old age). Uphold the relationship that exists between you and your Lord by remembering Him a great deal and by giving a great deal of charity in secret and openly. (Then) you will be granted provision and Divine support, and your condition will improve. Know that Allah has enjoined Friday upon you in this place of mine, on this day, in this month, in this year, until the Day of Resurrection. Whoever abandons it, whether during my lifetime or after I am gone, whether he has a just or an unjust ruler, whether he takes it lightly or denies (that it is obligatory), may Allah cause him to lose all sense of tranquility and contentment, and may He not bless him in his affairs. Indeed, his prayer will not be valid, his Zakat will not be valid, his Hajj will not be valid, his fasting will not be valid, and his righteous deeds will not be accepted, until he repents. Whoever repents, Allah will accept his repentance. No woman should be appointed as Imam over a man, no Bedouin should be appointed as Imam over a Muhajir, no immoral person should be appointed as Imam over a (true) believer, unless that is forced upon him and he fears his sword or whip.’”

  280. Sunan Ibn Majah 1082Hasan

    كُنْتُ قَائِدَ أَبِي حِينَ ذَهَبَ بَصَرُهُ وَكُنْتُ إِذَا خَرَجْتُ بِهِ إِلَى الْجُمُعَةِ فَسَمِعَ الأَذَانَ اسْتَغْفَرَ لأَبِي أُمَامَةَ أَسْعَدَ بْنِ زُرَارَةَ وَدَعَا لَهُ فَمَكَثْتُ حِينًا أَسْمَعُ ذَلِكَ مِنْهُ ثُمَّ قُلْتُ فِي نَفْسِي وَاللَّهِ إِنَّ ذَا لَعَجْزٌ إِنِّي أَسْمَعُهُ كُلَّمَا سَمِعَ أَذَانَ الْجُمُعَةِ يَسْتَغْفِرُ لأَبِي أُمَامَةَ وَيُصَلِّي عَلَيْهِ وَلاَ أَسْأَلُهُ عَنْ ذَلِكَ لِمَ هُوَ؟ فَخَرَجْتُ بِهِ كَمَا كُنْتُ أَخْرُجُ بِهِ إِلَى الْجُمُعَةِ فَلَمَّا سَمِعَ الأَذَانَ اسْتَغْفَرَ كَمَا كَانَ يَفْعَلُ فَقُلْتُ لَهُ يَا أَبَتَاهُ أَرَأَيْتَكَ صَلاَتَكَ عَلَى أَسْعَدَ بْنِ زُرَارَةَ كُلَّمَا سَمِعْتَ النِّدَاءَ بِالْجُمُعَةِ لِمَ هُوَ؟ قَالَ أَىْ بُنَىَّ كَانَ أَوَّلَ مَنْ صَلَّى بِنَا صَلاَةَ الْجُمُعَةِ قَبْلَ مَقْدَمِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ مِنْ مَكَّةَ فِي نَقِيعِ الْخَضِمَاتِ فِي هَزْمٍ مِنْ حَرَّةِ بَنِي بَيَاضَةَ قُلْتُ كَمْ كُنْتُمُ يَوْمَئِذٍ؟ قَالَ أَرْبَعِينَ رَجُلاً

    “I used to guide my father after he lost his sight, and when I took him out for the Friday (prayer), when he heard the Adhan he would pray for forgiveness for Abu Umamah As’ad bin Zurarah, and supplicate for him. I heard that from him for a while, then I said to myself: ‘By Allah! What is this weakness? Every time he heard the Adhan for Friday (prayer) I hear him praying for forgiveness for Abu Umamah and supplicate for him, and I do not ask him about why he does that.’ Then I took him out for Friday (prayer), as I used to take him out, and when he heard the Adhan he prayed for forgiveness as he used to do. I said to him: ‘O my father! I see you supplicating for As’ad bin Zurarah every time you hear the call for Friday; why is that?’ He said: ‘O my son, he was the first one who led us for the Friday prayer before the Messenger of Allah ﷺ came from Makkah, in Naqi’ Al- Khadamat (a place near Al-Madinah), in the plain of Harrah Banu Bayadah.’ I asked: ‘How many of you were there at that time?’ He said: ‘Forty men.’”

  281. Sunan Ibn Majah 1083Sahih

    أَضَلَّ اللَّهُ عَنِ الْجُمُعَةِ مَنْ كَانَ قَبْلَنَا كَانَ لِلْيَهُودِ يَوْمُ السَّبْتِ وَالأَحَدُ لِلنَّصَارَى فَهُمْ لَنَا تَبَعٌ إِلَى يَوْمِ الْقِيَامَةِ نَحْنُ الآخِرُونَ مِنْ أَهْلِ الدُّنْيَا وَالأَوَّلُونَ الْمَقْضِيُّ لَهُمْ قَبْلَ الْخَلاَئِقِ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘Allah led those who came before us astray from Friday. Saturday was for the Jews and Sunday was for the Christians. And they will lag behind us until the Day of Resurrection. We are the last of the people of this world but we will be the first to be judged among all of creation.’”

  282. Sunan Ibn Majah 1084Graders disagree

    إِنَّ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ سَيِّدُ الأَيَّامِ وَأَعْظَمُهَا عِنْدَ اللَّهِ وَهُوَ أَعْظَمُ عِنْدَ اللَّهِ مِنْ يَوْمِ الأَضْحَى وَيَوْمِ الْفِطْرِ فِيهِ خَمْسُ خِلاَلٍ خَلَقَ اللَّهُ فِيهِ آدَمَ وَأَهْبَطَ اللَّهُ فِيهِ آدَمَ إِلَى الأَرْضِ وَفِيهِ تَوَفَّى اللَّهُ آدَمَ وَفِيهِ سَاعَةٌ لاَ يَسْأَلُ اللَّهَ فِيهَا الْعَبْدُ شَيْئًا إِلاَّ أَعْطَاهُ مَا لَمْ يَسْأَلْ حَرَامًا وَفِيهِ تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ مَا مِنْ مَلَكٍ مُقَرَّبٍ وَلاَ سَمَاءٍ وَلاَ أَرْضٍ وَلاَ رِيَاحٍ وَلاَ جِبَالٍ وَلاَ بَحْرٍ إِلاَّ وَهُنَّ يُشْفِقْنَ مِنْ يَوْمِ الْجُمُعَةِ

    “The Prophet ﷺ said: ‘Friday is the chief of days, the greatest day before Allah. It is greater before Allah then the Day of Adha and the Day of Fitr. It has five characteristics: On it Allah created Adam; on it Allah sent down Adam to this earth; on it there is a time during which a person does not ask Allah for anything but He will give it to him, so long as he does not ask for anything that is forbidden; on it the Hour will begin. There is no angel who is close to Allah, no heaven, no earth, no wind, no mountain, and no sea that does not fear Friday.’”

  283. Sunan Ibn Majah 1085Graders disagree

    إِنَّ مِنْ أَفْضَلِ أَيَّامِكُمْ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ فِيهِ خُلِقَ آدَمُ وَفِيهِ النَّفْخَةُ وَفِيهِ الصَّعْقَةُ فَأَكْثِرُوا عَلَىَّ مِنَ الصَّلاَةِ فِيهِ فَإِنَّ صَلاَتَكُمْ مَعْرُوضَةٌ عَلَىَّ فَقَالَ رَجُلٌ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ كَيْفَ تُعْرَضُ صَلاَتُنَا عَلَيْكَ وَقَدْ أَرَمْتَ يَعْنِي بَلِيتَ فَقَالَ إِنَّ اللَّهَ قَدْ حَرَّمَ عَلَى الأَرْضِ أَنْ تَأْكُلَ أَجْسَادَ الأَنْبِيَاءِ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘The best of your days is Friday. On it Adam was created, on it the Trumpet will be blown, on it all creatures will swoon. So send a great deal of peace and blessings upon me on that day, for your peace and blessings will be presented to me.’ A man said: ‘O Messenger of Allah, how will our peace and blessings be shown to you when you will have disintegrated?’ He said: ‘Allah has forbidden the earth to consume the bodies of the Prophets.’”

  284. Sunan Ibn Majah 1086Sahih

    الْجُمُعَةُ إِلَى الْجُمُعَةِ كَفَّارَةُ مَا بَيْنَهُمَا مَا لَمْ تُغْشَ الْكَبَائِرُ

    “From one Friday to the next is an expiation for whatever was committed in between, so long as one does not commit any major sin.”

  285. Sunan Ibn Majah 1087Sahih

    مَنْ غَسَّلَ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ وَاغْتَسَلَ وَبَكَّرَ وَابْتَكَرَ وَمَشَى وَلَمْ يَرْكَبْ وَدَنَا مِنَ الإِمَامِ فَاسْتَمَعَ وَلَمْ يَلْغُ كَانَ لَهُ بِكُلِّ خَطْوَةٍ عَمَلُ سَنَةٍ أَجْرُ صِيَامِهَا وَقِيَامِهَا

    “I heard the Prophet ﷺ say: ‘Whoever takes a bath on Friday, and bathes completely, and goes early, arriving early, and walks and does not ride (to the mosque), and sits close to the Imam and listens to him, and does not engage in idle talk; for every step he takes he will have the reward of one year, the reward of a year’s fasting and praying (at night).”

  286. Sunan Ibn Majah 1088Sahih

    يَقُولُ عَلَى الْمِنْبَرِ مَنْ أَتَى الْجُمُعَةَ فَلْيَغْتَسِلْ

    “I heard the Prophet ﷺ say from the pulpit: ‘Whoever comes to Friday, let him take a bath.’”

  287. Sunan Ibn Majah 1089Sahih

    غُسْلُ يَوْمِ الْجُمُعَةِ وَاجِبٌ عَلَى كُلِّ مُحْتَلِمٍ

    “Bath on Fridays is obligatory for every male who has reached the age of puberty.”

  288. Sunan Ibn Majah 1090Sahih

    مَنْ تَوَضَّأَ فَأَحْسَنَ الْوُضُوءَ ثُمَّ أَتَى الْجُمُعَةَ فَدَنَا وَأَنْصَتَ وَاسْتَمَعَ غُفِرَ لَهُ مَا بَيْنَهُ وَبَيْنَ الْجُمُعَةِ الأُخْرَى وَزِيَادَةُ ثَلاَثَةِ أَيَّامٍ وَمَنْ مَسَّ الْحَصَى فَقَدْ لَغَا

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘Whoever performs ablution and performs ablution well, then comes to Friday (prayer) and sits near (the Imam), and keeps quiet and listens, he will be forgiven for what was between that and the previous Friday (of sins), and three days more. And whoever touches the pebbles then he has engaged in Laghw (idle talk or behaviour).”

  289. Sunan Ibn Majah 1091Graders disagree

    مَنْ تَوَضَّأَ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ فَبِهَا وَنِعْمَتْ يُجْزِئُ عَنْهُ الْفَرِيضَةُ وَمَنِ اغْتَسَلَ فَالْغُسْلُ أَفْضَلُ

    “Whoever performs ablution on Friday, it is well and good for him, and he has done what is obligatory for him. But whoever takes a bath, bath is better.”

  290. Sunan Ibn Majah 1092Sahih

    إِذَا كَانَ يَوْمُ الْجُمُعَةِ كَانَ عَلَى كُلِّ بَابٍ مِنْ أَبْوَابِ الْمَسْجِدِ مَلاَئِكَةٌ يَكْتُبُونَ النَّاسَ عَلَى قَدْرِ مَنَازِلِهِمُ الأَوَّلَ فَالأَوَّلَ فَإِذَا خَرَجَ الإِمَامُ طَوَوُا الصُّحُفَ وَاسْتَمَعُوا الْخُطْبَةَ فَالْمُهَجِّرُ إِلَى الصَّلاَةِ كَالْمُهْدِي بَدَنَةً ثُمَّ الَّذِي يَلِيهِ كَمُهْدِي بَقَرَةٍ ثُمَّ الَّذِي يَلِيهِ كَمُهْدِي كَبْشٍ حَتَّى ذَكَرَ الدَّجَاجَةَ وَالْبَيْضَةَ زَادَ سَهْلٌ فِي حَدِيثِهِ فَمَنْ جَاءَ بَعْدَ ذَلِكَ فَإِنَّمَا يَجِيءُ بِحَقٍّ إِلَى الصَّلاَةِ

    “When Friday comes, angels stand at every door of the mosque and record the names of the people who come, in order of arrival. When the Imam comes out, they close their records and listen to the sermon. The first one who comes to the prayer is like one who sacrifices a camel; the one who comes after him is like one who sacrifices a cow; the one who comes after him is like one who sacrifices a ram,” (and so on) until he made mention of a hen and an egg. Sahl added in his Hadith: “And whoever comes after that comes only to do his duty with regard to the prayer.”

  291. Sunan Ibn Majah 1093Graders disagree

    أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ ضَرَبَ مَثَلَ الْجُمُعَةِ ثُمَّ التَّبْكِيرِ كَنَاحِرِ الْبَدَنَةِ كَنَاحِرِ الْبَقَرَةِ كَنَاحِرِ الشَّاةِ حَتَّى ذَكَرَ الدَّجَاجَةَ

    It was narrated from Samurah bin Jundab that the Messenger of Allah ﷺ described the likeness of Friday, saying that those who come earliest are like the one who sacrifices a camel, then like one who sacrifices a cow, then like one who sacrifices a sheep, until he made mention of a chicken.

  292. Sunan Ibn Majah 1094Weak

    خَرَجْتُ مَعَ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ إِلَى الْجُمُعَةِ فَوَجَدَ ثَلاَثَةً قَدْ سَبَقُوهُ فَقَالَ رَابِعُ أَرْبَعَةٍ وَمَا رَابِعُ أَرْبَعَةٍ بِبَعِيدٍ إِنِّي سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ يَقُولُ إِنَّ النَّاسَ يَجْلِسُونَ مِنَ اللَّهِ يَوْمَ الْقِيَامَةِ عَلَى قَدْرِ رَوَاحِهِمْ إِلَى الْجُمُعَاتِ الأَوَّلَ وَالثَّانِيَ وَالثَّالِثَ ثُمَّ قَالَ رَابِعُ أَرْبَعَةٍ وَمَا رَابِعُ أَرْبَعَةٍ بِبَعِيدٍ

    “I went out with ‘Abdullah to Friday (prayer), and he found three men who arrived before him. He said: ‘The fourth of four, and the fourth of four is not far away. I heard the Messenger of Allah ﷺ say: “On the Day of Resurrection people will gather near Allah according to how early they came to Friday (prayer), the first, second, and third.’” Then he said: ‘The fourth of four, and the fourth of four is not far away.’”

  293. Sunan Ibn Majah 1095Hasan or sahih

    أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ يَقُولُ عَلَى الْمِنْبَرِ فِي يَوْمِ الْجُمُعَةِ مَا عَلَى أَحَدِكُمْ لَوِ اشْتَرَى ثَوْبَيْنِ لِيَوْمِ الْجُمُعَةِ سِوَى ثَوْبِ مِهْنَتِهِ حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ حَدَّثَنَا شَيْخٌ لَنَا عَنْ عَبْدِ الْحَمِيدِ بْنِ جَعْفَرٍ عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ يَحْيَى بْنِ حَبَّانَ عَنْ يُوسُفَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ سَلاَمٍ عَنْ أَبِيهِ قَالَ خَطَبَنَا النَّبِيُّ ﷺ فَذَكَرَ ذَلِكَ

    “There is nothing wrong with anyone of you buying two garments for Friday (prayer), other than his daily work clothes.” (Another chain) from Yusuf bin Abdullah bin Salam that his father said: "The Prophet delivered a sermon to us" and he mentioned that.

  294. Sunan Ibn Majah 1096Hasan or sahih

    أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ﷺ خَطَبَ النَّاسَ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ فَرَأَى عَلَيْهِمْ ثِيَابَ النِّمَارِ فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ مَا عَلَى أَحَدِكُمْ إِنْ وَجَدَ سَعَةً أَنْ يَتَّخِذَ ثَوْبَيْنِ لِجُمُعَتِهِ سِوَى ثَوْبَىْ مِهْنَتِهِ

    “There is nothing wrong with any one of you, if he can afford it, buying two garments for Friday, other than his daily work clothes.”

  295. Sunan Ibn Majah 1097Hasan or sahih

    مَنِ اغْتَسَلَ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ فَأَحْسَنَ غُسْلَهُ وَتَطَهَّرَ فَأَحْسَنَ طُهُورَهُ وَلَبِسَ مِنْ أَحْسَنِ ثِيَابِهِ وَمَسَّ مَا كَتَبَ اللَّهُ لَهُ مِنْ طِيبِ أَهْلِهِ ثُمَّ أَتَى الْجُمُعَةَ وَلَمْ يَلْغُ وَلَمْ يُفَرِّقْ بَيْنَ اثْنَيْنِ غُفِرَ لَهُ مَا بَيْنَهُ وَبَيْنَ الْجُمُعَةِ الأُخْرَى

    “Whoever takes a bath on a Friday and does it well, and purifies himself and does it well, and puts on his best clothes, and puts on whatever Allah decrees for him of the perfume of his family, then comes to the mosque and does not engage in idle talk or separate (pushing between) two people; he will be forgiven for (his sins) between that day and the previous Friday.”

  296. Sunan Ibn Majah 1098Graders disagree

    إِنَّ هَذَا يَوْمُ عِيدٍ جَعَلَهُ اللَّهُ لِلْمُسْلِمِينَ فَمَنْ جَاءَ إِلَى الْجُمُعَةِ فَلْيَغْتَسِلْ وَإِنْ كَانَ طِيبٌ فَلْيَمَسَّ مِنْهُ وَعَلَيْكُمْ بِالسِّوَاكِ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘This day is an ‘Eid (festival) which Allah has ordained for the Muslims. Whoever comes to Friday (prayer), let him take a bath and if he has perfume then let him put some on. And upon you (I urge to use) is the tooth stick.”

  297. Sunan Ibn Majah 1099Sahih

    مَا كُنَّا نَقِيلُ وَلاَ نَتَغَدَّى إِلاَّ بَعْدَ الْجُمُعَةِ

    “We did not take a Qailulah nor eat Ghada’ until after Friday (prayer).”

  298. Sunan Ibn Majah 1100Sahih

    كُنَّا نُصَلِّي مَعَ النَّبِيِّ ﷺ الْجُمُعَةَ ثُمَّ نَرْجِعُ فَلاَ نَرَى لِلْحِيطَانِ فَيْئًا نَسْتَظِلُّ بِهِ

    “We used to perform Friday (prayer) with the Prophet ﷺ, then we would return, and we would not see any shadow from the walls in which we could seek shade.”

  299. Sunan Ibn Majah 1101Weak

    كَانَ يُؤَذِّنُ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ عَلَى عَهْدِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ إِذَا كَانَ الْفَىْءُ مِثْلَ الشِّرَاكِ

    “My father told me, narrating from his father, from his grandfather, that during the time of the Messenger of Allah ﷺ, he used to call the Adhan on Fridays when the shadow was like a sandal strap.”

  300. Sunan Ibn Majah 1102Sahih

    كُنَّا نُجَمِّعُ ثُمَّ نَرْجِعُ فَنَقِيلُ

    “We used to perform the Friday (prayer), then we would return for a nap (Qailulah).”

  301. Sunan Ibn Majah 1103Sahih

    كَانَ يَخْطُبُ خُطْبَتَيْنِ يَجْلِسُ بَيْنَهُمَا جَلْسَةً

    “While he was standing.”

  302. Sunan Ibn Majah 1104Sahih

    رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ ﷺ يَخْطُبُ عَلَى الْمِنْبَرِ وَعَلَيْهِ عِمَامَةٌ سَوْدَاءُ

    “I saw the Prophet ﷺ delivering the sermon on the pulpit, wearing a black turban.”

  303. Sunan Ibn Majah 1105Sahih

    كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ يَخْطُبُ قَائِمًا غَيْرَ أَنَّهُ كَانَ يَقْعُدُ قَعْدَةً ثُمَّ يَقُومُ

    “I heard Jabir bin Samurah say: ‘The Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to deliver the sermon standing, but he used to sit down briefly, then stand up.’”

  304. Sunan Ibn Majah 1106Sahih

    كَانَ النَّبِيُّ ﷺ يَخْطُبُ قَائِمًا ثُمَّ يَجْلِسُ ثُمَّ يَقُومُ فَيَقْرَأُ آيَاتٍ وَيَذْكُرُ اللَّهَ وَكَانَتْ خُطْبَتُهُ قَصْدًا وَصَلاَتُهُ قَصْدًا

    “The Prophet ﷺ used to deliver the sermon standing, then he would sit down, then he would stand up and recite some Verses and remember Allah. His sermon was moderate, and his prayer was moderate (i.e., neither too long nor too short).”

  305. Sunan Ibn Majah 1107Weak

    كَانَ إِذَا خَطَبَ فِي الْحَرْبِ خَطَبَ عَلَى قَوْسٍ وَإِذَا خَطَبَ فِي الْجُمُعَةِ خَطَبَ عَلَى عَصًا

    ‘Abdur-Rahman bin Sa’d bin ‘Ammar bin Sa’d narrated that his father told him, from his father, from his grandfather, that when the Messenger of Allah ﷺ delivered a speech on the battlefield he would do so leaning on a bow, and when he delivered a sermon on Friday, he would do so leaning on his staff.

  306. Sunan Ibn Majah 1108Graders disagree

    أَنَّهُ سُئِلَ أَكَانَ النَّبِيُّ ﷺ يَخْطُبُ قَائِمًا أَوْ قَاعِدًا؟ قَالَ أَوَمَا تَقْرَأُ {وَتَرَكُوكَ قَائِمًا} قَالَ أَبُو عَبْدِ اللَّهِ غَرِيبٌ لاَ يُحَدِّثُ بِهِ إِلاَّ ابْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ وَحْدَهُ

    “Have you not read the Verse: ‘...and leave you (Muhammad) standing (while delivering the Friday sermon?” [62:11]

  307. Sunan Ibn Majah 1109Graders disagree

    كَانَ إِذَا صَعِدَ الْمِنْبَرَ سَلَّمَ

    It was narrated from Jabir that whenever the Prophet ﷺ ascended the pulpit he would greet (the people with Salam).

  308. Sunan Ibn Majah 1110Sahih

    إِذَا قُلْتَ لِصَاحِبِكَ أَنْصِتْ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ وَالإِمَامُ يَخْطُبُ فَقَدْ لَغَوْتَ

    “If you say to your companions: ‘Be quiet’ on a Friday while the Imam is delivering the sermon, you have engaged in Laghw (idle talk or behaviour).”

  309. Sunan Ibn Majah 1111Hasan or sahih

    أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ قَرَأَ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ تَبَارَكَ وَهُوَ قَائِمٌ فَذَكَّرَنَا بِأَيَّامِ اللَّهِ وَأَبُو الدَّرْدَاءِ أَوْ أَبُو ذَرٍّ يَغْمِزُنِي فَقَالَ مَتَى أُنْزِلَتْ هَذِهِ السُّورَةُ إِنِّي لَمْ أَسْمَعْهَا إِلاَّ الآنَ فَأَشَارَ إِلَيْهِ أَنِ اسْكُتْ فَلَمَّا انْصَرَفُوا قَالَ سَأَلْتُكَ مَتَى أُنْزِلَتْ هَذِهِ السُّورَةُ فَلَمْ تُخْبِرْنِي؟ فَقَالَ أُبَىٌّ لَيْسَ لَكَ مِنْ صَلاَتِكَ الْيَوْمَ إِلاَّ مَا لَغَوْتَ فَذَهَبَ إِلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ فَذَكَرَ ذَلِكَ لَهُ وَأَخْبَرَهُ بِالَّذِي قَالَ أُبَىٌّ فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ صَدَقَ أُبَىٌّ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ recited Tabarak [Al-Mulk (67)] one Friday, while he was standing and reminding us of the Days of Allah (i.e., preaching to us). Abu Darda’ or Abu Dharr raised an eyebrow at me and said: ‘When was this Surah revealed? For I have not heard it before now.’ He (Ubayy) gestured to him that he should remain silent. When they finished, he said: ‘I asked you when this Surah was revealed and you did not answer me.” Ubayy said: ‘You have gained nothing from your prayer today except the idle talk that you engaged in.’ He went to the Prophet ﷺ and told him about that, and what Ubayy had said to him. The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘Ubayy spoke the truth.’”

  310. Sunan Ibn Majah 1112Sahih

    دَخَلَ سُلَيْكٌ الْغَطَفَانِيُّ الْمَسْجِدَ وَالنَّبِيُّ ﷺ يَخْطُبُ فَقَالَ أَصَلَّيْتَ؟ قَالَ لاَ قَالَ فَصَلِّ رَكْعَتَيْنِ

    “Sulaik Ghatafani entered the mosque when the Prophet ﷺ was delivering the sermon. He said: ‘Have you prayed?’ He said: ‘No.’ He said: ‘Then perform two Rak’ah.’”

  311. Sunan Ibn Majah 1113Hasan or sahih

    جَاءَ رَجُلٌ وَالنَّبِيُّ ﷺ يَخْطُبُ فَقَالَ أَصَلَّيْتَ؟ قَالَ لاَ قَالَ فَصَلِّ رَكْعَتَيْنِ

    “A man entered the mosque when the Prophet ﷺ was delivering the sermon. He said: ‘Have you prayed?’ He said: ‘No.’ He said: ‘Then pray two Rak’ah.’”

  312. Sunan Ibn Majah 1114Weak

    جَاءَ سُلَيْكٌ الْغَطَفَانِيُّ وَرَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ يَخْطُبُ فَقَالَ لَهُ النَّبِيُّ ﷺ أَصَلَّيْتَ رَكْعَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ أَنْ تَجِيءَ؟ قَالَ لاَ قَالَ فَصَلِّ رَكْعَتَيْنِ وَتَجَوَّزْ فِيهِمَا

    “Sulaik Al-Ghatafani came while the Messenger of Allah ﷺ was delivering the sermon. The Prophet ﷺ said to him: ‘Did you perform two Rak’ah before you came?’ He said: ‘No.’ He said: ‘Then perform two Rak’ah, but make them brief.’”

  313. Sunan Ibn Majah 1115Sahih

    أَنَّ رَجُلاً دَخَلَ الْمَسْجِدَ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ وَرَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ يَخْطُبُ فَجَعَلَ يَتَخَطَّى النَّاسَ فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ اجْلِسْ فَقَدْ آذَيْتَ وَآنَيْتَ

    ‘Sit down, for you have annoyed (people) and you are late.’”

  314. Sunan Ibn Majah 1116Weak

    مَنْ تَخَطَّى رِقَابَ النَّاسِ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ اتُّخِذَ جِسْرًا إِلَى جَهَنَّمَ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘Whoever steps over the people’s necks on Friday has built a bridge to Hell.’”

  315. Sunan Ibn Majah 1117Weak

    كَانَ يُكَلَّمُ فِي الْحَاجَةِ إِذَا نَزَلَ عَنِ الْمِنْبَرِ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ

    It was narrated from Anas bin Malik that the people used to speak to the Prophet ﷺ about their needs when he came down from the pulpit on Friday.

  316. Sunan Ibn Majah 1118Sahih

    اسْتَخْلَفَ مَرْوَانُ أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ عَلَى الْمَدِينَةِ فَخَرَجَ إِلَى مَكَّةَ فَصَلَّى بِنَا أَبُو هُرَيْرَةَ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ فَقَرَأَ بِسُورَةِ الْجُمُعَةِ فِي السَّجْدَةِ الأُولَى وَفِي الآخِرَةِ {إِذَا جَاءَكَ الْمُنَافِقُونَ} قَالَ عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ فَأَدْرَكْتُ أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ حِينَ انْصَرَفَ فَقُلْتُ لَهُ إِنَّكَ قَرَأْتَ بِسُورَتَيْنِ كَانَ عَلِيٌّ يَقْرَأُ بِهِمَا بِالْكُوفَةِ فَقَالَ أَبُو هُرَيْرَةَ إِنِّي سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ يَقْرَأُ بِهِمَا

    “Marwan appointed Abu Hurairah in charge of Al-Madinah, and set out for Makkah. Abu Hurairah led us in prayer on Friday, and he recited Surat Al-Jumu’ah in the first Rak’ah, and in the second, ‘When the hypocrites come to you,” [Al-Munafiqun (63)] ‘Ubaidullah said: “I caught up with Abu Hurairah when he finished and said to him: ‘You recited two Surah that ‘Ali used to recite in Kufah.’ Abu Hurairah said: ‘I heard the Messenger of Allah ﷺ reciting them.’”

  317. Sunan Ibn Majah 1119Sahih

    أَخْبِرْنَا بِأَىِّ شَىْءٍ كَانَ النَّبِيُّ ﷺ يَقْرَأُ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ مَعَ سُورَةِ الْجُمُعَةِ قَالَ كَانَ يَقْرَأُ فِيهَا {هَلْ أَتَاكَ حَدِيثُ الْغَاشِيَةِ}

    “Dahhak bin Qais wrote to Nu’man bin Bashir, saying: ‘Tell us what the Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to recite on Friday along with Surah Al-Jumu’ah.’ He said: ‘He used to recite: “Has there come to you the narration of the overwhelming (i.e., the Day of Resurrection)?’” [Al-Ghashiyah (88)]

  318. Sunan Ibn Majah 1120Sahih

    كَانَ يَقْرَأُ فِي الْجُمُعَةِ بِ {سَبِّحِ اسْمَ رَبِّكَ الأَعْلَى} وَ {هَلْ أَتَاكَ حَدِيثُ الْغَاشِيَةِ}

    It was narrated from Abu ‘Inabah Al-Khawlani that the Prophet ﷺ used to recite “Glorify the Name of your Lord the Most High” and “Has there come to you the narration of the overwhelming (i.e., the Day of Resurrection)? [Al-A’la (87) and Al-Ghashiyah (88)] on Friday.

  319. Sunan Ibn Majah 1121Sahih

    مَنْ أَدْرَكَ مِنَ الْجُمُعَةِ رَكْعَةً فَلْيُصَلِّ إِلَيْهَا أُخْرَى

    “Whoever catches one Rak’ah of Friday, let him add another Rak’ah to it.”

  320. Sunan Ibn Majah 1122Sahih

    مَنْ أَدْرَكَ مِنَ الصَّلاَةِ رَكْعَةً فَقَدْ أَدْرَكَ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘Whoever catches one Rak’ah of prayer, he has caught it.’”

  321. Sunan Ibn Majah 1123Sahih

    مَنْ أَدْرَكَ رَكْعَةً مِنْ صَلاَةِ الْجُمُعَةِ أَوْ غَيْرِهَا فَقَدْ أَدْرَكَ الصَّلاَةَ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘Whoever catches one Rak’ah of Friday prayer or other than it, then he has caught the prayer.’”

  322. Sunan Ibn Majah 1124Graders disagree

    إِنَّ أَهْلَ قُبَاءَ كَانُوا يُجَمِّعُونَ مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ

    “The people of Quba’ used to pray with the Messenger of Allah ﷺ on Fridays.”

  323. Sunan Ibn Majah 1125Hasan or sahih

    مَنْ تَرَكَ الْجُمُعَةَ ثَلاَثَ مَرَّاتٍ تَهَاوُنًا بِهَا طُبِعَ عَلَى قَلْبِهِ

    “Whoever abandons Friday (prayer) three times, neglecting it, a seal will be placed over his heart.”

  324. Sunan Ibn Majah 1126Hasan or sahih

    مَنْ تَرَكَ الْجُمُعَةَ ثَلاَثًا مِنْ غَيْرِ ضَرُورَةٍ طَبَعَ اللَّهُ عَلَى قَلْبِهِ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘Whoever abandons Friday (prayer) three times, for no necessary reason, Allah will place a seal over his heart.’”

  325. Sunan Ibn Majah 1127Graders disagree

    أَلاَ هَلْ عَسَى أَحَدُكُمْ أَنْ يَتَّخِذَ الصُّبَّةَ مِنَ الْغَنَمِ عَلَى رَأْسِ مِيلٍ أَوْ مِيلَيْنِ فَيَتَعَذَّرَ عَلَيْهِ الْكَلأُ فَيَرْتَفِعَ ثُمَّ تَجِيءُ الْجُمُعَةُ فَلاَ يَجِيءُ وَلاَ يَشْهَدُهَا وَتَجِيءُ الْجُمُعَةُ فَلاَ يَشْهَدُهَا وَتَجِيءُ الْجُمُعَةُ فَلاَ يَشْهَدُهَا حَتَّى يُطْبَعَ عَلَى قَلْبِهِ

    The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: “What if one of you were to take a flock of sheep and look for grass for them one or two miles away, but he cannot find any at that distance, so he goes further away? Then (the time for) Friday comes but he does not attend it, then (another) Friday comes but he does not attend it, and (another) Friday comes but he does not attend it, until Allah places a seal on his heart.”

  326. Sunan Ibn Majah 1128Weak

    مَنْ تَرَكَ الْجُمُعَةَ مُتَعَمِّدًا فَلْيَتَصَدَّقْ بِدِينَارٍ فَإِنْ لَمْ يَجِدْ فَبِنِصْفِ دِينَارٍ

    “Whoever abandons Friday deliberately, let him give a Dinar in charity, and if he cannot afford that, then (let him give) half a Dinar.”

  327. Sunan Ibn Majah 1129Fabricated

    كَانَ النَّبِيُّ ﷺ يَرْكَعُ مِنْ قَبْلِ الْجُمُعَةِ أَرْبَعًا لاَ يَفْصِلُ فِي شَىْءٍ مِنْهُنَّ

    “The Prophet ﷺ used to perform four Rak’ah before Friday (prayer), and he did not separate any of them.”

  328. Sunan Ibn Majah 1130Sahih

    أَنَّهُ كَانَ إِذَا صَلَّى الْجُمُعَةَ انْصَرَفَ فَصَلَّى سَجْدَتَيْنِ فِي بَيْتِهِ ثُمَّ قَالَ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ يَصْنَعُ ذَلِكَ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to do that.”

  329. Sunan Ibn Majah 1131Sahih

    أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ﷺ كَانَ يُصَلِّي بَعْدَ الْجُمُعَةِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ

    It was narrated from Salim, from his father, that the Prophet ﷺ used to pray two Rak’ah after Jumu’ah.

  330. Sunan Ibn Majah 1132Sahih

    رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ إِذَا صَلَّيْتُمْ بَعْدَ الْجُمُعَةِ فَصَلُّوا أَرْبَعًا

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘If you pray after Friday, then pray four (Rak’ah).’”

  331. Sunan Ibn Majah 1133Hasan

    أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ نَهَى أَنْ يُحَلَّقَ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ قَبْلَ الصَّلاَةِ

    It was narrated from ‘Amr bin Shu’aib, from his father, from his grandfather, that the Messenger of Allah ﷺ forbade sitting in circles in the mosque on Fridays before the prayer.

  332. Sunan Ibn Majah 1134Hasan

    نَهَى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ عَنْ الاِحْتِبَاءِ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ يَعْنِي وَالإِمَامُ يَخْطُبُ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ forbade Ihtiba’ (sitting with one's thighs gathered up against the stomach while wrapping one's arm or garment around them) on Fridays, meaning, when the Imam is delivering the sermon.”

  333. Sunan Ibn Majah 1135Sahih

    مَا كَانَ لِرَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ إِلاَّ مُؤَذِّنٌ وَاحِدٌ فَإِذَا خَرَجَ أَذَّنَ وَإِذَا نَزَلَ أَقَامَ وَأَبُو بَكْرٍ وَعُمَرُ كَذَلِكَ فَلَمَّا كَانَ عُثْمَانُ وَكَثُرَ النَّاسُ زَادَ النِّدَاءَ الثَّالِثَ عَلَى دَارٍ فِي السُّوقِ يُقَالُ لَهَا الزَّوْرَاءُ فَإِذَا خَرَجَ أَذَّنَ وَإِذَا نَزَلَ أَقَامَ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ had only one Mu’adh-dhin. When he came out he would give the Adhan and when he came down (from the pulpit) he would give the Iqamah. Abu Bakr and ‘Umar did likewise, but when ‘Uthman (became caliph) the numbers of people had increased, he added the third call from atop a house in the marketplace that was called Zawra’. When he came out (the Mu’adh-dhin) would call the Adhan, and when he came down from the pulpit, he would call the Iqamah.

  334. Sunan Ibn Majah 1136Graders disagree

    كَانَ النَّبِيُّ ﷺ إِذَا قَامَ عَلَى الْمِنْبَرِ اسْتَقْبَلَهُ أَصْحَابُهُ بِوُجُوهِهِمْ

    “When the Prophet ﷺ stood on the pulpit, his Companions would turn to face him.”

  335. Sunan Ibn Majah 1137Sahih

    إِنَّ فِي الْجُمُعَةِ سَاعَةً لاَ يُوَافِقُهَا رَجُلٌ مُسْلِمٌ قَائِمٌ يُصَلِّي يَسْأَلُ اللَّهَ فِيهَا خَيْرًا إِلاَّ أَعْطَاهُ وَقَلَّلَهَا بِيَدِهِ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘On Friday there is a time when no Muslim man happens to stand in prayer at that time, asking Allah for good things, but He will give that to him.” And he gestured with his hand to indicate how short that time is.

  336. Sunan Ibn Majah 1138Graders disagree

    فِي يَوْمِ الْجُمُعَةِ سَاعَةٌ مِنَ النَّهَارِ لاَ يَسْأَلُ اللَّهَ فِيهَا الْعَبْدُ شَيْئًا إِلاَّ أُعْطِيَ سُؤْلَهُ قِيلَ أَىُّ سَاعَةٍ؟ قَالَ حِينَ تُقَامُ الصَّلاَةُ إِلَى الاِنْصِرَافِ مِنْهَا

    “I heard the Messenger of Allah ﷺ say: ‘On Friday there is a time of the day during which no person asks Allah for something but He will give him what he asks for.’” It was said: ‘When is that time?’ He said: ‘When the Iqamah for prayer (is called), until the prayer ends.’”

  337. Sunan Ibn Majah 1139Hasan or sahih

    قُلْتُ وَرَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ جَالِسٌ إِنَّا لَنَجِدُ فِي كِتَابِ اللَّهِ فِي يَوْمِ الْجُمُعَةِ سَاعَةٌ لاَ يُوَافِقُهَا عَبْدٌ مُؤْمِنٌ يُصَلِّي يَسْأَلُ اللَّهَ فِيهَا شَيْئًا إِلاَّ قَضَى لَهُ حَاجَتَهُ قَالَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ فَأَشَارَ إِلَىَّ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ أَوْ بَعْضُ سَاعَةٍ فَقُلْتُ صَدَقْتَ أَوْ بَعْضُ سَاعَةٍ قُلْتُ أَىُّ سَاعَةٍ هِيَ؟ قَالَ هِيَ آخِرُ سَاعَةٍ مِنْ سَاعَاتِ النَّهَارِ قُلْتُ إِنَّهَا لَيْسَتْ سَاعَةَ صَلاَةٍ قَالَ بَلَى إِنَّ الْعَبْدَ الْمُؤْمِنَ إِذَا صَلَّى ثُمَّ جَلَسَ لاَ يَحْبِسُهُ إِلاَّ الصَّلاَةُ فَهُوَ فِي صَلاَةٍ

    “I said, when the Messenger of Allah ﷺ was sitting: ‘We find in the Book of Allah that on Friday there is an hour when no believing slave performs prayer and asks Allah for anything at that time, but Allah will fulfill his need.’” ‘Abdullah said: “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ pointed to me, saying: ‘Or some part of an hour.’ I said: ‘you are right, or some part of an hour.’ I said: ‘What time is that?’ He said: ‘It is the last hours of the day.’ I said: ‘It is not the time of the prayer?’ He said: ‘Yes (it is so), when a believing slave performs prayer and then sits with nothing but the prayer keeping him, he is still in a state of prayer.’”

  338. Sunan Ibn Majah 1140Hasan or sahih

    مَنْ ثَابَرَ عَلَى ثِنْتَىْ عَشْرَةَ رَكْعَةً مِنَ السُّنَّةِ بُنِيَ لَهُ بَيْتٌ فِي الْجَنَّةِ أَرْبَعٍ قَبْلَ الظُّهْرِ وَرَكْعَتَيْنِ بَعْدَ الظُّهْرِ وَرَكْعَتَيْنِ بَعْدَ الْمَغْرِبِ وَرَكْعَتَيْنِ بَعْدَ الْعِشَاءِ وَرَكْعَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ الْفَجْرِ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘Whoever persists in performing twelve Rak’ah from the Sunnah, a house will be built for him in Paradise: four before the Zuhr, two Rak’ah after Zuhr, two Rak’ah after Maghrib, two Rak’ah after the ‘Isha’ and two Rak’ah before Fajr.’”

  339. Sunan Ibn Majah 1141Hasan or sahih

    مَنْ صَلَّى فِي يَوْمٍ وَلَيْلَةٍ ثِنْتَىْ عَشْرَةَ رَكْعَةً بُنِيَ لَهُ بَيْتٌ فِي الْجَنَّةِ

    “Whoever performs twelve Rak’ah (of Sunnah) during the day and night, a house will be built for him in Paradise.”

  340. Sunan Ibn Majah 1142Weak

    مَنْ صَلَّى فِي يَوْمٍ ثِنْتَىْ عَشْرَةَ رَكْعَةً بُنِيَ لَهُ بَيْتٌ فِي الْجَنَّةِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ الْفَجْرِ وَرَكْعَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ الظُّهْرِ وَرَكْعَتَيْنِ بَعْدَ الظُّهْرِ وَرَكْعَتَيْنِ أَظُنُّهُ قَالَ قَبْلَ الْعَصْرِ وَرَكْعَتَيْنِ بَعْدَ الْمَغْرِبِ أَظُنُّهُ قَالَ وَرَكْعَتَيْنِ بَعْدَ الْعِشَاءِ الآخِرَةِ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘Whoever performs twelve Rak’ah (of Sunnah) each day, a house will be built for him in Paradise: two Rak’ah before Fajr, two Rak’ah before the Zuhr, two Rak’ah after the Zuhr, two Rak’ah, I think he said, before ‘Asr, two Rak’ah after Maghrib, and I think he said two Rak’ah after the ‘Isha’.’”

  341. Sunan Ibn Majah 1143Hasan or sahih

    أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ﷺ كَانَ إِذَا أَضَاءَ الْفَجْرُ صَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ

    It was narrated from Ibn ‘Umar that when the dawn illuminated, the Prophet ﷺ would pray two Rak’ah.

  342. Sunan Ibn Majah 1144Sahih

    كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ يُصَلِّي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ الْغَدَاةِ كَأَنَّ الأَذَانَ بِأُذُنَيْهِ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to pray two Rak’ah before the morning (prayer), as if the Adhan were in his ears. (i.e., he would pray them briefly).

  343. Sunan Ibn Majah 1145Sahih

    كَانَ إِذَا نُودِيَ لِصَلاَةِ الصُّبْحِ رَكَعَ رَكْعَتَيْنِ خَفِيفَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ أَنْ يَقُومَ إِلَى الصَّلاَةِ

    It was narrated from Hafsah bint ‘Umar that when the call for the Subh prayer was given, the Messenger of Allah ﷺ would pray two short Rak’ah before going to the prayer.

  344. Sunan Ibn Majah 1146Graders disagree

    كَانَ النَّبِيُّ ﷺ إِذَا تَوَضَّأَ صَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ ثُمَّ خَرَجَ إِلَى الصَّلاَةِ

    “When he performed ablution the Prophet ﷺ would pray two (short) Rak’ah and then go out for the prayer.”

  345. Sunan Ibn Majah 1147Weak

    كَانَ النَّبِيُّ ﷺ يُصَلِّي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ عِنْدَ الإِقَامَةِ

    “The Prophet ﷺ used to perform two Rak’ah at the time of the Iqamah.”

  346. Sunan Ibn Majah 1148Sahih

    أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ﷺ قَرَأَ فِي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ الْفَجْرِ {قُلْ يَا أَيُّهَا الْكَافِرُونَ} وَ {قُلْ هُوَ اللَّهُ أَحَدٌ}

    “Say: ‘O you disbelievers!” [Al-Kafirun (109)] and “Say: Allah is One.” [Al-Ikhlas (112)]

  347. Sunan Ibn Majah 1149Graders disagree

    رَمَقْتُ النَّبِيَّ ﷺ شَهْرًا فَكَانَ يَقْرَأُ فِي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ الْفَجْرِ {قُلْ يَا أَيُّهَا الْكَافِرُونَ} وَ {قُلْ هُوَ اللَّهُ أَحَدٌ}

    “I watched the Prophet ﷺ for a month, and in the two Rak’ah before Fajr he used to recite: “Say: O you disbelievers!” [Al-Kafirun (109)] and “Say: Allah is One.” [Al- Ikhlas (112)]

  348. Sunan Ibn Majah 1150Graders disagree

    كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ يُصَلِّي رَكْعَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ الْفَجْرِ وَكَانَ يَقُولُ نِعْمَ السُّورَتَانِ هُمَا يُقْرَأُ بِهِمَا فِي رَكْعَتَىِ الْفَجْرِ {قُلْ هُوَ اللَّهُ أَحَدٌ} وَ {قُلْ يَا أَيُّهَا الْكَافِرُونَ}

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to perform two Rak’ah before Fajr, and he used to say: ‘The best two Surah to recite in the two Rak’ah of Fajr are: “Say: Allah is One” [Al-Ikhlas (112)] and “Say: O you disbelievers.” [Al-Kafirun (109)]

  349. Sunan Ibn Majah 1151Sahih

    إِذَا أُقِيمَتِ الصَّلاَةُ فَلاَ صَلاَةَ إِلاَّ الْمَكْتُوبَةُ

    “Once the Iqamah has been called, there should be no prayer but the obligatory one.” Another chain with similar wording.

  350. Sunan Ibn Majah 1152Sahih

    أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ رَأَى رَجُلاً يُصَلِّي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ صَلاَةِ الْغَدَاةِ وَهُوَ فِي الصَّلاَةِ فَلَمَّا صَلَّى قَالَ لَهُ بِأَىِّ صَلاَتَيْكَ اعْتَدَدْتَ؟

    “Which of your two prayers did you intend to be counted (i.e., accepted)?”

  351. Sunan Ibn Majah 1153Sahih

    مَرَّ النَّبِيُّ ﷺ بِرَجُلٍ وَقَدْ أُقِيمَتْ صَلاَةُ الصُّبْحِ وَهُوَ يُصَلِّي فَكَلَّمَهُ بِشَىْءٍ لاَ أَدْرِي مَا هُوَ فَلَمَّا انْصَرَفَ أَحَطْنَا بِهِ نَقُولُ لَهُ مَاذَا قَالَ لَكَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ قَالَ قَالَ لِي يُوشِكُ أَحَدُكُمْ أَنْ يُصَلِّيَ الْفَجْرَ أَرْبعًا

    “The Prophet ﷺ passed by a man who was praying when the Iqamah for Subh prayer had been called, and he said something to him, I do not know what he said. When he finished, we surrounded the man and asked him: ‘What did the Messenger of Allah ﷺ say to you?’ He said: ‘He said to me: “Soon one of you will pray Fajr with four Rak’ah.’”

  352. Sunan Ibn Majah 1154Sahih

    رَأَى النَّبِيُّ ﷺ رَجُلاً يُصَلِّي بَعْدَ صَلاَةِ الصُّبْحِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ فَقَالَ النَّبِيُّ ﷺ أَصَلاَةَ الصُّبْحِ مَرَّتَيْنِ؟ فَقَالَ لَهُ الرَّجُلُ إِنِّي لَمْ أَكُنْ صَلَّيْتُ الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ اللَّتَيْنِ قَبْلَهَا فَصَلَّيْتُهُمَا قَالَ فَسَكَتَ النَّبِيُّ ﷺ

    “The Prophet ﷺ saw a man praying two Rak’ah after the Subh prayer and said, ‘Is the Subh prayer to be offered twice?’ The man said to him: ‘I did not pray the two Rak’ah before it, so I prayed them (now).’ The Messenger of Allah ﷺ remained silent.”

  353. Sunan Ibn Majah 1155Sahih

    أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ﷺ نَامَ عَنْ رَكْعَتَىِ الْفَجْرِ فَقَضَاهُمَا بَعْدَ مَا طَلَعَتِ الشَّمْسُ

    It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Prophet ﷺ slept and missed the two Rak’ah before Fajr, so he made them up after the sun had risen.

  354. Sunan Ibn Majah 1156Weak

    أَرْسَلَ أَبِي إِلَى عَائِشَةَ أَىُّ صَلاَةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ كَانَ أَحَبَّ إِلَيْهِ أَنْ يُوَاظِبَ عَلَيْهَا؟ قَالَتْ كَانَ يُصَلِّي أَرْبَعًا قَبْلَ الظُّهْرِ يُطِيلُ فِيهِنَّ الْقِيَامَ وَيُحْسِنُ فِيهِنَّ الرُّكُوعَ وَالسُّجُودَ

    “My father sent word to ‘Aishah, asking which prayer the Prophet ﷺ most liked to perform regularly. She said: ‘He used to perform four Rak’ah before the Zuhr, in which he would stand for a long time and bow and prostrate perfectly.’”

  355. Sunan Ibn Majah 1157Graders disagree

    كَانَ يُصَلِّي قَبْلَ الظُّهْرِ أَرْبَعًا إِذَا زَالَتِ الشَّمْسُ لاَ يَفْصِلُ بَيْنَهُنَّ بِتَسْلِيمٍ وَقَالَ إِنَّ أَبْوَابَ السَّمَاءِ تُفْتَحُ إِذَا زَالَتِ الشَّمْسُ

    It was narrated from Abu Ayyub that the Prophet ﷺ used to perform four Rak’ah before the Zuhr when the sun had passed its zenith, and he did not separate them with a Taslim. He said, “The gates of heaven are opened when the sun passes its zenith.”

  356. Sunan Ibn Majah 1158Weak

    كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ إِذَا فَاتَتْهُ الأَرْبَعُ قَبْلَ الظُّهْرِ صَلاَّهَا بَعْدَ الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ بَعْدَ الظُّهْرِ

    “If the Messenger of Allah ﷺ missed the four Rak’ah before the Zuhr, he would perform them after the two Rak’ah which come after the Zuhr.”

  357. Sunan Ibn Majah 1159Weak

    أَرْسَلَ مُعَاوِيَةُ إِلَى أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ فَانْطَلَقْتُ مَعَ الرَّسُولِ فَسَأَلَ أُمَّ سَلَمَةَ فَقَالَتْ إِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ بَيْنَمَا هُوَ يَتَوَضَّأُ فِي بَيْتِي لِلظُّهْرِ وَكَانَ قَدْ بَعَثَ سَاعِيًا وَكَثُرَ عِنْدَهُ الْمُهَاجِرُونَ وَكَانَ قَدْ أَهَمَّهُ شَأْنُهُمْ إِذْ ضُرِبَ الْبَابُ فَخَرَجَ إِلَيْهِ فَصَلَّى الظُّهْرَ ثُمَّ جَلَسَ يَقْسِمُ مَا جَاءَ بِهِ قَالَتْ فَلَمْ يَزَلْ كَذَلِكَ حَتَّى الْعَصْرِ ثُمَّ دَخَلَ مَنْزِلِي فَصَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ ثُمَّ قَالَ أَشْغَلَنِي أَمْرُ السَّاعِي أَنْ أُصَلِّيَهُمَا بَعْدَ الظُّهْرِ فَصَلَّيْتُهُمَا بَعْدَ الْعَصْرِ

    “Mu’awiyah sent word to Umm Salamah, and I went with his envoy who put the question to Umm Salamah. She said: ‘While the Messenger of Allah ﷺ was performing ablution for the Zuhr in my house and he had sent a Sa’i, the Muhajirun gathered around him in large numbers, and he was busy dealing with them. When a knock on the door came, he went out and performed the Zuhr, then he sat and distributed what had been brought to him.’ She said: ‘He continued doing that until the ‘Asr. Then he came into my house and performed two Rak’ah. Then he said: “The matter of the Sa’i kept me from praying them after Zuhr, so I prayed them after ‘Asr.”

  358. Sunan Ibn Majah 1160Sahih

    مَنْ صَلَّى قَبْلَ الظُّهْرِ أَرْبَعًا وَبَعْدَهَا أَرْبَعًا حَرَّمَهُ اللَّهُ عَلَى النَّارِ

    “Whoever prays four Rak’ah before the Zuhr and four afterwards, Allah will forbid him to the Fire.”

  359. Sunan Ibn Majah 1161Hasan

    سَأَلْنَا عَلِيًّا عَنْ تَطَوُّعِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ بِالنَّهَارِ فَقَالَ إِنَّكُمْ لاَ تُطِيقُونَهُ فَقُلْنَا أَخْبِرْنَا بِهِ نَأْخُذْ مِنْهُ مَا اسْتَطَعْنَا قَالَ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ إِذَا صَلَّى الْفَجْرَ يُمْهِلُ حَتَّى إِذَا كَانَتِ الشَّمْسُ مِنْ هَاهُنَا يَعْنِي مِنْ قِبَلِ الْمَشْرِقِ بِمِقْدَارِهَا مِنْ صَلاَةِ الْعَصْرِ مِنْ هَا هُنَا يَعْنِي مِنْ قِبَلِ الْمَغْرِبِ قَامَ فَصَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ ثُمَّ يُمْهِلُ حَتَّى إِذَا كَانَتِ الشَّمْسُ مِنْ هَا هُنَا يَعْنِي مِنْ قِبَلِ الْمَشْرِقِ مِقْدَارَهَا مِنْ صَلاَةِ الظُّهْرِ مِنْ هَا هُنَا قَامَ فَصَلَّى أَرْبَعًا وَأَرْبَعًا قَبْلَ الظُّهْرِ إِذَا زَالَتِ الشَّمْسُ وَرَكْعَتَيْنِ بَعْدَهَا وَأَرْبَعًا قَبْلَ الْعَصْرِ يَفْصِلُ بَيْنَ كُلِّ رَكْعَتَيْنِ بِالتَّسْلِيمِ عَلَى الْمَلاَئِكَةِ الْمُقَرَّبِينَ وَالنَّبِيِّينَ وَمَنْ تَبِعَهُمْ مِنَ الْمُسْلِمِينَ وَالْمُؤْمِنِينَ قَالَ عَلِيٌّ فَتِلْكَ سِتَّ عَشْرَةَ رَكْعَةً تَطَوُّعُ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ بِالنَّهَارِ وَقَلَّ مَنْ يُدَاوِمُ عَلَيْهَا

    “We asked ‘Ali about the voluntary (prayer) of Allah’s Messenger ﷺ during the day. He said: ‘You will not be able.’ We said: ‘Inform us of it, we will do what we can of it?’ So he said: ‘When he prayed the Fajr he would delay praying any more. When the sun appeared over there (west) – like it appears here, meaning in the direction of the east, about the amount for the ‘Asr prayer from there, meaning in the direction of the west, meaning before the Maghrib – he would stand and perform two Rak’ah then he would delay praying until the sun appeared over there (west), meaning in the direction of the east, about the amount of the Zuhr prayer from there, then he would stand and perform four. And, four before the Zuhr when the sun passed the zenith, and two Rak’ah after it, and, four before the ‘Asr, separating between every two Rak’ah with Taslim upon the angels that are close (to Allah), the Prophets, and those who follow them among the Muslims and the believers.’” 'Ali said: "That is sixteen Rak'ah of voluntary prayer which Messenger of Allah ﷺ performed during the day. And there are very few who offer them regularly." Wakiʿ said: “My father added: Habib bin Abu Thabit said: ‘O Abu Ishaq, this mosque filled with gold would not be dearer to me than this Hadith of yours.’” Meaning, when the sun was low above the eastern horizon. That is the time of the Duha. Meaning the Tashah-hud.

  360. Sunan Ibn Majah 1162Sahih

    بَيْنَ كُلِّ أَذَانَيْنِ صَلاَةٌ قَالَهَا ثَلاَثًا قَالَ فِي الثَّالِثَةِ لِمَنْ شَاءَ

    “The Prophet of Allah ﷺ said: ‘Between every two Adhans there is a prayer.’ He said it three times, and on the third time he said, ‘For those who wish.’”

  361. Sunan Ibn Majah 1163Sahih

    إِنْ كَانَ الْمُؤَذِّنُ لَيُؤَذِّنُ عَلَى عَهْدِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ فَيُرَى أَنَّهَا الإِقَامَةُ مِنْ كَثْرَةِ مَنْ يَقُومُ فَيُصَلِّي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ الْمَغْرِبِ

    “I heard Anas bin Malik say: ‘The Mu ’adh-dhin would call the Adhan during the time of the Messenger of Allah ﷺ, and one would think that it was the Iqamah because there were so many people who stood and performed the two Rak’ah before the Maghrib.”

  362. Sunan Ibn Majah 1164Sahih

    كَانَ النَّبِيُّ ﷺ يُصَلِّي الْمَغْرِبَ ثُمَّ يَرْجِعُ إِلَى بَيْتِي فَيُصَلِّي رَكْعَتَيْنِ

    “The Prophet ﷺ used to pray the Maghrib, then he would come back to my house and pray two Rak’ah.”

  363. Sunan Ibn Majah 1165Hasan

    أَتَانَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ فِي بَنِي عَبْدِ الأَشْهَلِ فَصَلَّى بِنَا الْمَغْرِبَ فِي مَسْجِدِنَا ثُمَّ قَالَ ارْكَعُوا هَاتَيْنِ الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ فِي بُيُوتِكُمْ

    “We came to the Messenger of Allah ﷺ with Banu ‘Abdul-Ashhal, and he led us in praying the Maghrib in our mosque. Then he said: ‘Pray these two Rak’ah in your houses.’”

  364. Sunan Ibn Majah 1166Weak

    كَانَ يَقْرَأُ فِي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ بَعْدَ صَلاَةِ الْمَغْرِبِ {قُلْ يَا أَيُّهَا الْكَافِرُونَ} وَ {قُلْ هُوَ اللَّهُ أَحَدٌ }

    “Say: O you disbelievers!” [Al-Kafirun (109)] and “Say: He is Allah the One.” [Al- Ikhlas (112)]

  365. Sunan Ibn Majah 1167Weak

    مَنْ صَلَّى بَعْدَ الْمَغْرِبِ سِتَّ رَكَعَاتٍ لَمْ يَتَكَلَّمْ بَيْنَهُنَّ بِسُوءٍ عُدِلْنَ لَهُ بِعِبَادَةِ ثِنْتَىْ عَشْرَةَ سَنَةً

    “Whoever prays six Rak’ah after the Maghrib and does not say anything bad in between them, will have a reward equal to the worship of twelve years.”

  366. Sunan Ibn Majah 1168Graders disagree

    خَرَجَ عَلَيْنَا النَّبِيُّ ﷺ فَقَالَ إِنَّ اللَّهَ قَدْ أَمَدَّكُمْ بِصَلاَةٍ لَهِيَ خَيْرٌ لَكُمْ مِنْ حُمُرِ النَّعَمِ الْوِتْرُ جَعَلَهُ اللَّهُ لَكُمْ فِيمَا بَيْنَ صَلاَةِ الْعِشَاءِ إِلَى أَنْ يَطْلُعَ الْفَجْرُ

    “The Prophet ﷺ came out to us and said: ‘Allah has increased a prayer for you which is better for you than red camels. (It is) Witr, which Allah has enjoined on you between the ‘Isha’ prayer and the onset of dawn.’”

  367. Sunan Ibn Majah 1169Graders disagree

    إِنَّ الْوِتْرَ لَيْسَ بِحَتْمٍ وَلاَ كَصَلاَتِكُمُ الْمَكْتُوبَةِ وَلَكِنْ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ أَوْتَرَ ثُمَّ قَالَ يَا أَهْلَ الْقُرْآنِ أَوْتِرُوا فَإِنَّ اللَّهَ وِتْرٌ يُحِبُّ الْوِتْرَ

    “Witr is not definite (obligatory) nor is it like your prescribed prayers. But the Messenger of Allah ﷺ prayed Witr, then he said: ‘O people of the Qur’an! Perform Witr, for Allah is Witr and He loves the odd (numbered).’” Meaning 'one' which is the first of the odd numbers; He is unique, and there is nothing like Him, similar or equal.

  368. Sunan Ibn Majah 1170Graders disagree

    إِنَّ اللَّهَ وِتْرٌ يُحِبُّ الْوِتْرَ فَأَوْتِرُوا يَا أَهْلَ الْقُرْآنِ فَقَالَ أَعْرَابِيٌّ مَا يَقُولُ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ قَالَ لَيْسَ لَكَ وَلاَ لأَصْحَابِكَ

    “Allah is Witr and He loves the odd (numbered), so perform Witr, O people of the Qur’an.” A Bedouin said: ‘What is the Messenger of Allah ﷺ saying?’ He said: ‘That is not for you or your companions.’”

  369. Sunan Ibn Majah 1171Sahih

    كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ يُوتِرُ بِ {سَبِّحِ اسْمَ رَبِّكَ الأَعْلَى} وَ {قُلْ يَا أَيُّهَا الْكَافِرُونَ} وَ {قُلْ هُوَ اللَّهُ أَحَدٌ}

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to perform Witr and recite: ‘Glorify the Name of your Lord the Most High.’, [Al-A’la (87)] ‘Say: O you disbelievers!” [Al-Kafirun (109)] and ‘Say: Allah is One.”. [Al-Ikhlas (112)]

  370. Sunan Ibn Majah 1172Sahih

    كَانَ يُوتِرُ بِ {سَبِّحِ اسْمَ رَبِّكَ الأَعْلَى } وَ {قُلْ يَا أَيُّهَا الْكَافِرُونَ } وَ {قُلْ هُوَ اللَّهُ أَحَدٌ }

    “Glorify the Name of your Lord the Most High,” [Al-A’la (87)] “Say: O you disbelievers!” [Al-Kafirun (109)] and ‘Say: Allah is One.”. [Al-Ikhlas (112)] Another chain with similar wording.

  371. Sunan Ibn Majah 1173Graders disagree

    سَأَلْنَا عَائِشَةَ بِأَىِّ شَىْءٍ كَانَ يُوتِرُ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ قَالَتْ كَانَ يَقْرَأُ فِي الرَّكْعَةِ الأُولَى بِ {سَبِّحِ اسْمَ رَبِّكَ الأَعْلَى} وَفِي الثَّانِيَةِ {قُلْ يَا أَيُّهَا الْكَافِرُونَ} وَفِي الثَّالِثَةِ {قُلْ هُوَ اللَّهُ أَحَدٌ} وَالْمُعَوِّذَتَيْنِ

    “We asked ‘Aishah what the Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to recite in Witr. She said: ‘He used to recite: “Glorify the Name of your Lord the Most High,” [Al-A’la (87)] in the first Rak’ah, ‘Say: “O disbelievers!’” [Al- Kafirun (109)] in the second Rak’ah, and ‘Say: Allah is One’ in the third and the Mu’awwidhatain (Chapter 113, 114).’”

  372. Sunan Ibn Majah 1174Sahih

    كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ يُصَلِّي مِنَ اللَّيْلِ مَثْنَى مَثْنَى وَيُوتِرُ بِرَكْعَةٍ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to pray (voluntary prayers) at night two by two, and he would pray one Rak’ah of Witr.”

  373. Sunan Ibn Majah 1175Sahih

    صَلاَةُ اللَّيْلِ مَثْنَى مَثْنَى وَالْوِتْرُ رَكْعَةٌ قُلْتُ أَرَأَيْتَ إِنْ غَلَبَتْنِي عَيْنِي أَرَأَيْتَ إِنْ نِمْتُ قَالَ اجْعَلْ أَرَأَيْتَ عِنْدَ ذَلِكَ النَّجْمِ فَرَفَعْتُ رَأْسِي فَإِذَا السِّمَاكُ ثُمَّ أَعَادَ فَقَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ صَلاَةُ اللَّيْلِ مَثْنَى مَثْنَى وَالْوِتْرُ رَكْعَةٌ قَبْلَ الصُّبْحِ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘Night prayers are to be offered two by two, and Witr is one Rak’ah.’ I said: ‘What do you think if I become drowsy and I want to sleep?’ He said: ‘Put “what do you think” up there with that star? (i.e., don’t think about it at all).’ I raised my head and saw As- Simak. He repeated that the Messenger of Allah ﷺ said, ‘Night prayers are to be offered two by two, and Witr is one Rak’ah, before dawn.’” Here, As-Simak refers to a star or stars, either Arcturus (As-Simak Ar-Ramih) or Spica, also called Alpha Virginis (As-Simak Al-A'zal).

  374. Sunan Ibn Majah 1176Weak

    سَأَلَ ابْنَ عُمَرَ رَجُلٌ فَقَالَ كَيْفَ أُوتِرُ قَالَ أَوْتِرْ بِوَاحِدَةٍ قَالَ إِنِّي أَخْشَى أَنْ يَقُولَ النَّاسُ الْبُتَيْرَاءُ فَقَالَ سُنَّةُ اللَّهِ وَرَسُولِهِ

    “How should I perform Witr?” He said: “Pray Witr with one Rak’ah.” He said: “I am afraid that the people will say that I am cutting the prayer short.” He said: “The Sunnah of Allah and His Messenger.” Meaning “This is the Sunnah of Allah and His Messenger.”

  375. Sunan Ibn Majah 1177Sahih

    كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ يُسَلِّمُ فِي كُلِّ ثِنْتَيْنِ وَيُوتِرُ بِوَاحِدَةٍ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to say Taslim after every two Rak’ah, and he would perform Witr with one Rak’ah.”

  376. Sunan Ibn Majah 1178Sahih

    عَلَّمَنِي جَدِّي رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ كَلِمَاتٍ أَقُولُهُنَّ فِي قُنُوتِ الْوِتْرِ اللَّهُمَّ عَافِنِي فِيمَنْ عَافَيْتَ وَتَوَلَّنِي فِيمَنْ تَوَلَّيْتَ وَاهْدِنِي فِيمَنْ هَدَيْتَ وَقِنِي شَرَّ مَا قَضَيْتَ وَبَارِكْ لِي فِيمَا أَعْطَيْتَ إِنَّكَ تَقْضِي وَلاَ يُقْضَى عَلَيْكَ إِنَّهُ لاَ يَذِلُّ مَنْ وَالَيْتَ سُبْحَانَكَ رَبَّنَا تَبَارَكْتَ وَتَعَالَيْتَ

    “My grandfather, the Messenger of Allah ﷺ, taught me some words to say in Qunut of Witr: Allahumma ‘afini fiman ‘afait, wa tawallani fiman tawallait, wahdini fiman hadait, wa qini sharra ma qadait, wa barik li fima a’tait. Innaka taqdi wa la yuqda ‘alaik, innahu la yudhillu man walait. Subhanaka rabbana tabarakta wa ta’alait (O Allah, pardon me along with those whom You have pardoned, be an ally to me along with those whom You are an ally to, guide me along with those whom You have guided, protect me from the evil that You have decreed, and bless for me that which You have bestowed. For verily You decree and none can decree over You. He whom You support can never be humiliated. Glory is to You, our Lord, You are Blessed and Exalted).”

  377. Sunan Ibn Majah 1179Sahih

    كَانَ يَقُولُ فِي آخِرِ وِتْرِهِ اللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أَعُوذُ بِرِضَاكَ مِنْ سُخْطِكَ وَأَعُوذُ بِمُعَافَاتِكَ مِنْ عُقُوبَتِكَ وَأَعُوذُ بِكَ مِنْكَ لاَ أُحْصِي ثَنَاءً عَلَيْكَ أَنْتَ كَمَا أَثْنَيْتَ عَلَى نَفْسِكَ

    “Allahumma inni a’udhu biridaka min sakhatika, wa a’udhu bimu’afatika min ‘uqubatika, wa a’udhu bika minka, la uhsi thana’an ‘alaika, Anta kama athnaita ‘ala nafsika (O Allah, I seek refuge in Your pleasure from Your wrath, and I seek refuge in Your forgiveness from your punishment, and I seek refuge in You from You. I cannot enumerate Your praise, You are as You have praised Yourself).”

  378. Sunan Ibn Majah 1180Sahih

    كَانَ لاَ يَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ فِي شَىْءٍ مِنْ دُعَائِهِ إِلاَّ عِنْدَ الاِسْتِسْقَاءِ فَإِنَّهُ كَانَ يَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى يُرَى بَيَاضُ إِبْطَيْهِ

    It was narrated from Anas bin Malik that the Prophet ﷺ did not raise his hands in any of his supplications except when praying for rain (Istisqa’), when he raised his hands so high that the whiteness of his armpits could be seen.

  379. Sunan Ibn Majah 1181Weak

    إِذَا دَعَوْتَ اللَّهَ فَادْعُ بِبَاطِنِ كَفَّيْكَ وَلاَ تَدْعُ بِظُهُورِهِمَا فَإِذَا فَرَغْتَ فَامْسَحْ بِهِمَا وَجْهَكَ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘When you call upon Allah, then do so with the palms of your hands (upwards). Do not do so with the back of your hands (upwards). And when you finish, then wipe your face with them.’”

  380. Sunan Ibn Majah 1182Sahih

    كَانَ يُوتِرُ فَيَقْنُتُ قَبْلَ الرُّكُوعِ

    It was narrated from Ubayy bin Ka’b that the Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to pray Witr and he would recite Qunut before Ruku’.

  381. Sunan Ibn Majah 1183Hasan or sahih

    سُئِلَ عَنِ الْقُنُوتِ فِي صَلاَةِ الصُّبْحِ فَقَالَ كُنَّا نَقْنُتُ قَبْلَ الرُّكُوعِ وَبَعْدَهُ

    He was asked about Qunut in the Subh prayer, and he said: “We used to recite Qunut before Ruku’ and afterwards.”

  382. Sunan Ibn Majah 1184Sahih

    سَأَلْتُ أَنَسَ بْنَ مَالِكٍ عَنِ الْقُنُوتِ فَقَالَ قَنَتَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ بَعْدَ الرُّكُوعِ

    “I asked Anas bin Malik about Qunut, and he said: ‘The Messenger of Allah ﷺ recited Qunut after Ruku’.’”

  383. Sunan Ibn Majah 1185Sahih

    عَنْ وِتْرِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ فَقَالَتْ مِنْ كُلِّ اللَّيْلِ قَدْ أَوْتَرَ مِنْ أَوَّلِهِ وَأَوْسَطِهِ وَانْتَهَى وِتْرُهُ حِينَ مَاتَ فِي السَّحَرِ

    “I asked ‘Aishah about the Witr of the Messenger of Allah ﷺ. She said: ‘He prayed Witr at every part of the night, at the beginning, in the middle and at the end, when he died (he would perform it) just before dawn.’”

  384. Sunan Ibn Majah 1186Hasan or sahih

    مِنْ كُلِّ اللَّيْلِ قَدْ أَوْتَرَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ مِنْ أَوَّلِهِ وَأَوْسَطِهِ وَانْتَهَى وِتْرُهُ إِلَى السَّحَرِ

    “At every part of the night the Messenger of Allah ﷺ prayed Witr, at the beginning and in the middle, and finally his Witr was just before dawn.”

  385. Sunan Ibn Majah 1187Sahih

    مَنْ خَافَ مِنْكُمْ أَنْ لاَ يَسْتَيْقِظَ مِنْ آخِرِ اللَّيْلِ فَلْيُوتِرْ مِنْ أَوَّلِ اللَّيْلِ ثُمَّ لْيَرْقُدْ وَمَنْ طَمِعَ مِنْكُمْ أَنْ يَسْتَيْقِظَ مِنْ آخِرِ اللَّيْلِ فَلْيُوتِرْ مِنْ آخِرِ اللَّيْلِ فَإِنَّ قِرَاءَةَ آخِرِ اللَّيْلِ مَحْضُورَةٌ وَذَلِكَ أَفْضَلُ

    “Whoever among you fears that he will not wake up at the end of the night, let him pray Witr at the beginning of the night, then go to sleep. Whoever hopes that he will wake up at the end of the night, let him pray Witr at the end of the night, for recitation (of the Qur’an) at the end of the night is attended (by the angels), and that is better.”

  386. Sunan Ibn Majah 1188Sahih

    مَنْ نَامَ عَنِ الْوِتْرِ أَوْ نَسِيَهُ فَلْيُصَلِّ إِذَا أَصْبَحَ أَوْ ذَكَرَهُ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘Whoever sleeps and misses Witr, or forgets it, let him pray it when morning comes, or when he remembers.’”

  387. Sunan Ibn Majah 1189Sahih

    أَوْتِرُوا قَبْلَ أَنْ تُصْبِحُوا

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘Pray Witr before morning comes.’”

  388. Sunan Ibn Majah 1190Sahih

    الْوِتْرُ حَقٌّ فَمَنْ شَاءَ فَلْيُوتِرْ بِخَمْسٍ وَمَنْ شَاءَ فَلْيُوتِرْ بِثَلاَثٍ وَمَنْ شَاءَ فَلْيُوتِرْ بِوَاحِدَةٍ

    “Witr is Haqq. Whoever wishes let him pray Witr with five (Rak’ah), and whoever wishes let him pray Witr with three (Rak’ah), and whoever wishes let him pray Witr with one (Rak’ah).”

  389. Sunan Ibn Majah 1191Sahih

    سَأَلْتُ عَائِشَةَ قُلْتُ يَا أُمَّ الْمُؤْمِنِينَ أَفْتِنِي عَنْ وِتْرِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ قَالَتْ كُنَّا نُعِدُّ لَهُ سِوَاكَهُ وَطَهُورَهُ فَيَبْعَثُهُ اللَّهُ فِيمَا شَاءَ أَنْ يَبْعَثَهُ مِنَ اللَّيْلِ فَيَتَسَوَّكُ وَيَتَوَضَّأُ ثُمَّ يُصَلِّي تِسْعَ رَكَعَاتٍ لاَ يَجْلِسُ فِيهَا إِلاَّ عِنْدَ الثَّامِنَةِ فَيَدْعُو رَبَّهُ فَيَذْكُرُ اللَّهَ وَيَحْمَدُهُ وَيَدْعُوهُ ثُمَّ يَنْهَضُ وَلاَ يُسَلِّمُ ثُمَّ يَقُومُ فَيُصَلِّي التَّاسِعَةَ ثُمَّ يَقْعُدُ فَيَذْكُرُ اللَّهَ وَيَحْمَدُهُ وَيَدْعُو رَبَّهُ وَيُصَلِّي عَلَى نَبِيِّهِ ثُمَّ يُسَلِّمُ تَسْلِيمًا يُسْمِعُنَا ثُمَّ يُصَلِّي رَكْعَتَيْنِ بَعْدَ مَا يُسَلِّمُ وَهُوَ قَاعِدٌ فَتِلْكَ إِحْدَى عَشْرَةَ رَكْعَةً فَلَمَّا أَسَنَّ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ وَأَخَذَ اللَّحْمُ أَوْتَرَ بِسَبْعٍ وَصَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ بَعْدَ مَا سَلَّمَ

    “I asked ‘Aishah: ‘O Mother of the Believers! Tell me about the Witr of the Messenger of Allah ﷺ.’ She said: ‘We used to keep his tooth stick and water for ablution ready for him. Allah would wake him as He willed to during the night, and he would use the tooth stick and perform ablution, then he would pray nine Rak’ah, during which he would not sit until the eighth Rak’ah. Then he would call upon his Lord and remember Allah and praise Him and supplicate to Him. Then he would get up without saying the Salam. Then he would stand up and pray the ninth Rak’ah. Then he would sit and remember Allah and praise Him, and supplicate to his Lord and send blessing upon His Prophet. Then he would say Salam that we could hear. Then he would pray two Rak’ah after the Salam, while he was sitting down. That was eleven Rak’ah. When the Messenger of Allah ﷺ grew older and had gained weight, he would pray Witr with seven Rak’ah and then pray two more Rak’ah after he had said the Salam.’”

  390. Sunan Ibn Majah 1192Sahih

    كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ يُوتِرُ بِسَبْعٍ أَوْ بِخَمْسٍ لاَ يَفْصِلُ بَيْنَهُنَّ بِتَسْلِيمٍ وَلاَ كَلاَمٍ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to pray Witr with seven or five Rak’ah, and he would not say Salam or speak in between them.”

  391. Sunan Ibn Majah 1193Weak

    كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ يُصَلِّي فِي السَّفَرِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ لاَ يَزِيدُ عَلَيْهِمَا وَكَانَ يَتَهَجَّدُ مِنَ اللَّيْلِ قُلْتُ وَكَانَ يُوتِرُ؟ قَالَ نَعَمْ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to pray two Rak’ah while traveling, and he did not do more than that. And he used to pray Tahajjud at night.” I asked: “Did he pray Witr?” He said: “Yes.”

  392. Sunan Ibn Majah 1194Weak

    سَنَّ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ صَلاَةَ السَّفَرِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ وَهُمَا تَمَامٌ غَيْرُ قَصْرٍ وَالْوِتْرُ فِي السَّفَرِ سُنَّةٌ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ prescribed two Rak’ah of prayer when traveling; they are complete and are not shortened. And Witr when traveling is Sunnah.”

  393. Sunan Ibn Majah 1195Graders disagree

    كَانَ يُصَلِّي بَعْدَ الْوِتْرِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ خَفِيفَتَيْنِ وَهُوَ جَالِسٌ

    It was narrated from Umm Salamah that the Prophet ﷺ used to pray two short Rak’ah after Witr, sitting down.

  394. Sunan Ibn Majah 1196Sahih

    كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ يُوتِرُ بِوَاحِدَةٍ ثُمَّ يَرْكَعُ رَكْعَتَيْنِ يَقْرَأُ فِيهِمَا وَهُوَ جَالِسٌ فَإِذَا أَرَادَ أَنْ يَرْكَعَ قَامَ فَرَكَعَ

    “Aishah narrated to me that the Messenger of Allah ﷺ prayed Witr with one Rak’ah, then he prayed two Rak’ah in which he recited while sitting, then when he wanted to bow, he stood up and bowed.”

  395. Sunan Ibn Majah 1197Sahih

    مَا كُنْتُ أُلْفِي أَوْ أَلْقَى النَّبِيَّ ﷺ مِنْ آخِرِ اللَّيْلِ إِلاَّ وَهُوَ نَائِمٌ عِنْدِي

    “I never used to see the Prophet ﷺ at the end of the night, except that he was sleeping near me.”

  396. Sunan Ibn Majah 1198Hasan or sahih

    كَانَ النَّبِيُّ ﷺ إِذَا صَلَّى رَكْعَتَىِ الْفَجْرِ اضْطَجَعَ عَلَى شِقِّهِ الأَيْمَنِ

    “When the Prophet ﷺ prayed the two (Sunnah) Rak’ah of Fajr, he would lie down on his right side.”

  397. Sunan Ibn Majah 1199Hasan or sahih

    كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ إِذَا صَلَّى رَكْعَتَىِ الْفَجْرِ اضْطَجَعَ

    “When the Messenger of Allah (saw prayed the two (Sunnah) Rak’ah of Fajr, he would lie down.”

  398. Sunan Ibn Majah 1200Sahih

    كُنْتُ مَعَ ابْنِ عُمَرَ فَتَخَلَّفْتُ فَأَوْتَرْتُ فَقَالَ مَا خَلَفَكَ قُلْتُ أَوْتَرْتُ فَقَالَ أَمَا لَكَ فِي رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ أُسْوَةٌ حَسَنَةٌ قُلْتُ بَلَى قَالَ فَإِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ كَانَ يُوتِرُ عَلَى بَعِيرِهِ

    “I was with Ibn ‘Umar and I lagged behind and prayed Witr. He said: ‘What kept you?’ I said: ‘I was praying Witr.’ He said: ‘Do you not have the best of examples in the Messenger of Allah ﷺ?’ I said: ‘Of course.’ He said: ‘The Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to pray Witr while riding his camel.’”

  399. Sunan Ibn Majah 1201Sahih

    كَانَ يُوتِرُ عَلَى رَاحِلَتِهِ

    It was narrated from Ibn ‘Abbas that the Prophet ﷺ used to pray Witr while riding his mount.

  400. Sunan Ibn Majah 1202Hasan or sahih

    قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ لأَبِي بَكْرٍ أَىَّ حِينٍ تُوتِرُ قَالَ أَوَّلَ اللَّيْلِ بَعْدَ الْعَتَمَةِ قَالَ فَأَنْتَ يَا عُمَرُ فَقَالَ آخِرَ اللَّيْلِ فَقَالَ النَّبِيُّ ﷺ أَمَّا أَنْتَ يَا أَبَا بَكْرٍ فَأَخَذْتَ بِالْوُثْقَى وَأَمَّا أَنْتَ يَا عُمَرُ فَأَخَذْتَ بِالْقُوَّةِ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said to Abu Bakr: ‘When do you pray Witr?’ He said: ‘At the beginning of the night, after ‘Isha’.’ He said: ‘And you, O ‘Umar?’ He said: ‘At the end of the night.’ The Prophet ﷺ said: ‘As for you, O Abu Bakr, you have seized the trustworthy handhold (i.e., you want to be on the safe side), and as for you, O ‘Umar, you have seized strength (i.e., you are confident that you have the resolve to get up and pray Witr).’” Another chain with similar meaning.

  401. Sunan Ibn Majah 1203Sahih

    صَلَّى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ فَزَادَ أَوْ نَقَصَ قَالَ إِبْرَاهِيمُ وَالْوَهْمُ مِنِّي فَقِيلَ لَهُ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ أَزِيدَ فِي الصَّلاَةِ شَىْءٌ قَالَ إِنَّمَا أَنَا بَشَرٌ أَنْسَى كَمَا تَنْسَوْنَ فَإِذَا نَسِيَ أَحَدُكُمْ فَلْيَسْجُدْ سَجْدَتَيْنِ وَهُوَ جَالِسٌ ثُمَّ تَحَوَّلَ النَّبِيُّ ﷺ فَسَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ prayed, and he added or omitted something.” (One of the narrators) Ibrahim said: “The confusion stems from me (i.e., he was not sure which it was).” “It was said to him: ‘O Messenger of Allah! Has something been added to the prayer?’ He said: ‘I am only human, I forget just as you forget. If anyone forgets, let him perform two prostrations when he is sitting (at the end).’ Then the Prophet ﷺ turned and prostrated twice.”

  402. Sunan Ibn Majah 1204Hasan or sahih

    أَنَّهُ سَأَلَ أَبَا سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيَّ فَقَالَ أَحَدُنَا يُصَلِّي فَلاَ يَدْرِي كَمْ صَلَّى فَقَالَ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ إِذَا صَلَّى أَحَدُكُمْ فَلَمْ يَدْرِ كَمْ صَلَّى فَلْيَسْجُدْ سَجْدَتَيْنِ وَهُوَ جَالِسٌ

    “One of us prays and he does not know how many (Rak’ah) he has prayed.” He said: “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘When anyone of you prays and does not know how many he has prayed, let him perform two prostrations while he is sitting.’”

  403. Sunan Ibn Majah 1205Sahih

    صَلَّى النَّبِيُّ ﷺ الظُّهْرَ خَمْسًا فَقِيلَ لَهُ أَزِيدَ فِي الصَّلاَةِ؟ قَالَ وَمَا ذَاكَ؟ فَقِيلَ لَهُ فَثَنَى رِجْلَهُ فَسَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ

    “(Once) the Prophet ﷺ prayed Zuhr with five Rak’ah, and it was said to him: ‘Has something been added to the prayer?’ He said: ‘What is that?’ They told him, and he turned back towards the Qiblah and performed two prostrations.”

  404. Sunan Ibn Majah 1206Sahih

    أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ﷺ صَلَّى صَلاَةً أَظُنُّ أَنَّهَا الظُّهْرُ (العَصْرُ) فَلَمَّا كَانَ فِي الثَّانِيَةِ قَامَ قَبْلَ أَنْ يَجْلِسَ فَلَمَّا كَانَ قَبْلَ أَنْ يُسَلِّمَ سَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ

    “The Prophet ﷺ offered prayer, I think it was the ‘Asr, and in the second Rak’ah he stood up before he sat. Before he said the Salam, he prostrated twice.”

  405. Sunan Ibn Majah 1207Sahih

    أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ﷺ قَامَ فِي ثِنْتَيْنِ مِنَ الظُّهْرِ نَسِيَ الْجُلُوسَ حَتَّى إِذَا فَرَغَ مِنْ صَلاَتِهِ إِلاَّ أَنْ يُسَلِّمَ سَجَدَ سَجْدَتَىِ السَّهْوِ وَسَلَّمَ

    It was narrated from ‘Abdur-Rahman Al-A’raj that Ibn Buhainah told him that the Prophet ﷺ stood up in the second Rak’ah of Zuhr and forgot to sit. When he had finished his prayer, and before he said the Salam, he performed the two prostrations for forgetfulness (Sahw) and said the Salam.

  406. Sunan Ibn Majah 1208Graders disagree

    إِذَا قَامَ أَحَدُكُمْ مِنَ الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ فَلَمْ يَسْتَتِمَّ قَائِمًا فَلْيَجْلِسْ فَإِذَا اسْتَتَمَّ قَائِمًا فَلاَ يَجْلِسْ وَيَسْجُدْ سَجْدَتَىِ السَّهْوِ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘If anyone of you stands after two Rak’ah, if he has not yet stood up fully, let him sit down again, but if he has stood up fully, then let him not sit down, and let him perform two prostrations for forgetfulness (Sahw).’”

  407. Sunan Ibn Majah 1209Hasan or sahih

    إِذَا شَكَّ أَحَدُكُمْ فِي الثِّنْتَيْنِ وَالْوَاحِدَةِ فَلْيَجْعَلْهَا وَاحِدَةً وَإِذَا شَكَّ فِي الثِّنْتَيْنِ وَالثَّلاَثِ فَلْيَجْعَلْهَا ثِنْتَيْنِ وَإِذَا شَكَّ فِي الثَّلاَثِ وَالأَرْبَعِ فَلْيَجْعَلْهَا ثَلاَثًا ثُمَّ لْيُتِمَّ مَا بَقِيَ مِنْ صَلاَتِهِ حَتَّى يَكُونَ الْوَهْمُ فِي الزِّيَادَةِ ثُمَّ يَسْجُدْ سَجْدَتَيْنِ وَهُوَ جَالِسٌ قَبْلَ أَنْ يُسَلِّمَ

    “I heard the Messenger of Allah ﷺ say: ‘If anyone of you is uncertain as to whether he has prayed one or two Rak’ah, let him assume it is one. If he is uncertain as to whether he has prayed two or three, let him assume it is two. If he is uncertain as to whether he has prayed three or four, let him assume it is three. Then let him complete what is left of his prayer, so that the doubt will be about what is more. Then let him prostrate twice while he is sitting, before the Taslim (saying the Salam).’”

  408. Sunan Ibn Majah 1210Hasan or sahih

    إِذَا شَكَّ أَحَدُكُمْ فِي صَلاَتِهِ فَلْيُلْغِ الشَّكَّ وَلْيَبْنِ عَلَى الْيَقِينِ فَإِذَا اسْتَيْقَنَ التَّمَامَ سَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ فَإِنْ كَانَتْ صَلاَتُهُ تَامَّةً كَانَتِ الرَّكْعَةُ نَافِلَةً وَإِنْ كَانَتْ نَاقِصَةً كَانَتِ الرَّكْعَةُ لِتَمَامِ صَلاَتِهِ وَكَانَتِ السَّجْدَتَانِ رَغْمَ أَنْفِ الشَّيْطَانِ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘If anyone of you is uncertain about his prayer, let him put aside uncertainty and act upon that which is certain. When he has made sure his prayer is complete, then let him prostrate twice. Then if his prayer was complete, that (extra) Rak’ah will be counted as voluntary, and if his prayer was lacking, that Rak’ah will complete his prayer, and the two prostrations will rub the Satan’s nose in the dust.’”

  409. Sunan Ibn Majah 1211Sahih

    صَلَّى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ صَلاَةً لاَ يَدْرِي أَزَادَ أَوْ نَقَصَ فَسَأَلَ فَحَدَّثْنَاهُ فَثَنَى رِجْلَهُ وَاسْتَقْبَلَ الْقِبْلَةَ وَسَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ ثُمَّ أَقْبَلَ عَلَيْنَا بِوَجْهِهِ فَقَالَ لَوْ حَدَثَ فِي الصَّلاَةِ شَىْءٌ لأَنْبَأْتُكُمُوهُ وَإِنَّمَا أَنَا بَشَرٌ أَنْسَى كَمَا تَنْسَوْنَ فَإِذَا نَسِيتُ فَذَكِّرُونِي وَأَيُّكُمْ مَا شَكَّ فِي الصَّلاَةِ فَلْيَتَحَرَّ أَقْرَبَ ذَلِكَ مِنَ الصَّوَابِ فَيُتِمَّ عَلَيْهِ وَيُسَلِّمَ وَيَسْجُدَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ offered prayer, and I am not sure whether he did something extra or omitted something. He asked, and we told him, so he turned to face the Qiblah and prostrated twice, then he said the Salam. Then he turned to face us and said: ‘If any new command has been revealed concerning the prayer, I would certainly have told you. But I am only human and I forget and you forget. If I forget, then remind me. And if anyone of you is uncertain about the prayer, let him do what is closest to what is correct, then complete the prayer, say the Salam and prostrate twice.”

  410. Sunan Ibn Majah 1212Sahih

    إِذَا شَكَّ أَحَدُكُمْ فِي الصَّلاَةِ فَلْيَتَحَرَّ الصَّوَابَ ثُمَّ يَسْجُدْ سَجْدَتَيْنِ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘If anyone of you is uncertain about his prayer, let him try to do what is correct then let him prostrate twice.’” Tanafisi said: "This is the basic rule, and no one is able to reject it."

  411. Sunan Ibn Majah 1213Sahih

    أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ سَهَا فَسَلَّمَ فِي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ فَقَالَ لَهُ رَجُلٌ يُقَالُ لَهُ ذُو الْيَدَيْنِ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ أَقَصُرَتِ الصَّلاَةُ أَمْ نَسِيتَ؟ قَالَ مَا قَصُرَتْ وَمَا نَسِيتُ قَالَ إِنَّكَ صَلَّيْتَ رَكْعَتَيْنِ قَالَ أَكَمَا يَقُولُ ذُو الْيَدَيْنِ؟ قَالُوا نَعَمْ فَتَقَدَّمَ فَصَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ ثُمَّ سَجَدَ سَجْدَتَىِ السَّهْوِ

    ‘O Messenger of Allah, has the prayer been shortened or did you forget?’ He said: ‘It has not been shortened and I did not forget.’ He said: ‘But you prayed two Rak’ah.’ He said: ‘Is what Dhul-Yadain says true?’ They said: ‘Yes.’ So he went forward and performed two Rak’ah and said the Salam, then he prostrated twice for prostrations of forgetfulness.

  412. Sunan Ibn Majah 1214Sahih

    صَلَّى بِنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ إِحْدَى صَلاَتَىِ الْعَشِيِّ رَكْعَتَيْنِ ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ ثُمَّ قَامَ إِلَى خَشَبَةٍ كَانَتْ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ يَسْتَنِدُ إِلَيْهَا فَخَرَجَ سَرَعَانُ النَّاسِ يَقُولُونَ قَصُرَتِ الصَّلاَةُ وَفِي الْقَوْمِ أَبُو بَكْرٍ وَعُمَرُ فَهَابَاهُ أَنْ يَقُولاَ لَهُ شَيْئًا وَفِي الْقَوْمِ رَجُلٌ طَوِيلُ الْيَدَيْنِ يُسَمَّى ذَا الْيَدَيْنِ فَقَالَ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ أَقَصُرَتِ الصَّلاَةُ أَمْ نَسِيتَ؟ فَقَالَ لَمْ تَقْصُرْ وَلَمْ أَنْسَ قَالَ فَإِنَّمَا صَلَّيْتَ رَكْعَتَيْنِ فَقَالَ أَكَمَا يَقُولُ ذُو الْيَدَيْنِ؟ قَالُوا نَعَمْ قَالَ فَقَامَ فَصَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ ثُمَّ سَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ led us in one of the afternoon prayers, and he prayed two Rak’ah, then he said the Salam. Then he stood up and went to a piece of wood in the mosque, and leaned against it. Those who were in a hurry left the mosque, saying that the prayer had been shortened. Among the people were Abu Bakr and ‘Umar, but they dared not say anything. Among the people there was also a man with long hands who was called Dhul- Yadain. He said: ‘O Messenger of Allah, has the prayer been shortened or did you forget?’ He said: ‘It has not been shortened and I did not forget.’ He said: ‘But you prayed two Rak’ah.’ He said: ‘Is what Dhul- Yadain says true?’ They said: ‘Yes.’ So he went forward and performed two Rak’ah and said the Salam, then he prostrated twice, and then he said the Salam again.”

  413. Sunan Ibn Majah 1215Sahih

    سَلَّمَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ فِي ثَلاَثِ رَكَعَاتٍ مِنَ الْعَصْرِ ثُمَّ قَامَ فَدَخَلَ الْحُجْرَةَ فَقَامَ الْخِرْبَاقُ رَجُلٌ بَسِيطُ الْيَدَيْنِ فَنَادَى يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ أَقَصُرَتِ الصَّلاَةُ؟ فَخَرَجَ مُغْضَبًا يَجُرُّ إِزَارَهُ فَسَأَلَ فَأُخْبِرَ فَصَلَّى تِلْكَ الرَّكْعَةَ الَّتِي كَانَ تَرَكَ ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ ثُمَّ سَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said the Salam after three Rak’ah for ‘Asr, then he stood up and went into the apartment. Khirbaq, a man with big hands, stood up and called out: ‘O Messenger of Allah! Has the prayer been shortened?’ He came out angrily, dragging his lower garment, and asked about it, and was told (what had happened). So he performed the Rak’ah that he had omitted, then he said the Salam, then he prostrated twice and said the Salam again.”

  414. Sunan Ibn Majah 1216Hasan or sahih

    إِنَّ الشَّيْطَانَ يَأْتِي أَحَدَكُمْ فِي صَلاَتِهِ فَيَدْخُلُ بَيْنَهُ وَبَيْنَ نَفْسِهِ حَتَّى لاَ يَدْرِي زَادَ أَوْ نَقَصَ فَإِذَا كَانَ ذَلِكَ فَلْيَسْجُدْ سَجْدَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ أَنْ يُسَلِّمَ ثُمَّ يُسَلِّمْ

    “The Satan comes to any one of you while he is praying and comes between him and his soul, until he does not know whether he as added something or omitted something. If that happens, then he should prostrate twice before the Salam, then he should say the Salam.”

  415. Sunan Ibn Majah 1217Hasan or sahih

    إِنَّ الشَّيْطَانَ يَدْخُلُ بَيْنَ ابْنِ آدَمَ وَبَيْنَ نَفْسِهِ فَلاَ يَدْرِي كَمْ صَلَّى فَإِذَا وَجَدَ ذَلِكَ فَلْيَسْجُدْ سَجْدَتَيْنِ قَبْلَ أَنْ يُسَلِّمَ

    “The Satan comes between the son of Adam and his soul, and he does not know how many Rak’ah he has prayed. If a person notices that, then let him prostrate twice before he says the Salam.”

  416. Sunan Ibn Majah 1218Sahih

    أَنَّ ابْنَ مَسْعُودٍ سَجَدَ سَجْدَتَىِ السَّهْوِ بَعْدَ السَّلاَمِ وَذَكَرَ أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ﷺ فَعَلَ ذَلِكَ

    It was narrated from ‘Alqamah that Ibn Mas’ud prostrated twice for the prostrations of forgetfulness after the Salam, and he mentioned that the Prophet ﷺ did that.”

  417. Sunan Ibn Majah 1219Hasan

    سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ يَقُولُ فِي كُلِّ سَهْوٍ سَجْدَتَانِ بَعْدَ مَا يُسَلِّمُ

    “I heard the Messenger of Allah ﷺ say: ‘For every mistake there are two prostrations, after saying the Salam.’”

  418. Sunan Ibn Majah 1220Hasan or sahih

    خَرَجَ النَّبِيُّ ﷺ إِلَى الصَّلاَةِ وَكَبَّرَ ثُمَّ أَشَارَ إِلَيْهِمْ فَمَكَثُوا ثُمَّ انْطَلَقَ فَاغْتَسَلَ وَكَانَ رَأْسُهُ يَقْطُرُ مَاءً فَصَلَّى بِهِمْ فَلَمَّا انْصَرَفَ قَالَ إِنِّي خَرَجْتُ إِلَيْكُمْ جُنُبًا وَإِنِّي نَسِيتُ حَتَّى قُمْتُ فِي الصَّلاَةِ

    “The Prophet ﷺ came out to pray and said the Takbir, then he gestured to them to wait. He went and took a bath, and his head was dripping with water while he led them in prayer. When he finished he said: ‘I came out to you in a state of sexual impurity, and I forgot until I had started to pray.’”

  419. Sunan Ibn Majah 1221Weak

    مَنْ أَصَابَهُ قَىْءٌ أَوْ رُعَافٌ أَوْ قَلَسٌ أَوْ مَذْىٌ فَلْيَنْصَرِفْ فَلْيَتَوَضَّأْ ثُمَّ لْيَبْنِ عَلَى صَلاَتِهِ وَهُوَ فِي ذَلِكَ لاَ يَتَكَلَّمُ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘Whoever vomits, has a nosebleed, belches, or emits prostatic fluid, should stop praying; perform ablution, then resume his prayer, and while he is in that state he should not speak.”

  420. Sunan Ibn Majah 1222Sahih

    إِذَا صَلَّى أَحَدُكُمْ فَأَحْدَثَ فَلْيُمْسِكْ عَلَى أَنْفِهِ ثُمَّ لْيَنْصَرِفْ

    “When anyone of you performs prayer and commits Hadath, (passing wind) let him take hold of his nose, then leave.” Another chain with similar wording.

  421. Sunan Ibn Majah 1223Sahih

    كَانَ بِي النَّاصُورُ فَسَأَلْتُ النَّبِيَّ ﷺ عَنِ الصَّلاَةِ فَقَالَ صَلِّ قَائِمًا فَإِنْ لَمْ تَسْتَطِعْ فَقَاعِدًا فَإِنْ لَمْ تَسْتَطِعْ فَعَلَى جَنْبٍ

    “I suffered from Nasur and I asked the Prophet ﷺ about prayer. He said: ‘Perform prayer standing; if you cannot, then sitting; and if you cannot then while lying on your side.’”

  422. Sunan Ibn Majah 1224Weak

    رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ ﷺ صَلَّى جَالِسًا عَلَى يَمِينِهِ وَهُوَ وَجِعٌ

    “I saw the Prophet ﷺ performing prayer while sitting on his right side when he was sick.”

  423. Sunan Ibn Majah 1225Sahih

    وَالَّذِي ذَهَبَ بِنَفْسِهِ ﷺ مَا مَاتَ حَتَّى كَانَ أَكْثَرُ صَلاَتِهِ وَهُوَ جَالِسٌ وَكَانَ أَحَبُّ الأَعْمَالِ إِلَيْهِ الْعَمَلَ الصَّالِحَ الَّذِي يَدُومُ عَلَيْهِ الْعَبْدُ وَإِنْ كَانَ يَسِيرًا

    ‘By the One Who took his soul (i.e., the soul of the Prophet ﷺ), he did not die until he offered most of his prayers sitting down. And the dearest of the actions to him was the righteous action that the person does regularly, even if it were a little.”

  424. Sunan Ibn Majah 1226Sahih

    كَانَ النَّبِيُّ ﷺ يَقْرَأُ وَهُوَ قَاعِدٌ فَإِذَا أَرَادَ أَنْ يَرْكَعَ قَامَ قَدْرَ مَا يَقْرَأُ إِنْسَانٌ أَرْبَعِينَ آيَةً

    “The Prophet ﷺ used to recite Qur’an sitting down, then when he wanted to bow he would stand up for as long as it takes a person to recite forty Verses.”

  425. Sunan Ibn Majah 1227Sahih

    مَا رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ يُصَلِّي فِي شَىْءٍ مِنْ صَلاَةِ اللَّيْلِ إِلاَّ قَائِمًا حَتَّى دَخَلَ فِي السِّنِّ فَجَعَلَ يُصَلِّي جَالِسًا حَتَّى إِذَا بَقِيَ عَلَيْهِ مِنْ قِرَاءَتِهِ أَرْبَعُونَ آيَةً أَوْ ثَلاَثُونَ آيَةً قَامَ فَقَرَأَهَا وَسَجَدَ

    “I did not see the Messenger of Allah ﷺ offer any of the night prayers in any way other than standing, until he became old. Then he started to pray sitting down until, when there were thirty or forty Verses left of his recitation, he would stand up and recite them, and prostrate.”

  426. Sunan Ibn Majah 1228Sahih

    سَأَلْتُ عَائِشَةَ عَنْ صَلاَةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ بِاللَّيْلِ فَقَالَتْ كَانَ يُصَلِّي لَيْلاً طَوِيلاً قَائِمًا وَلَيْلاً طَوِيلاً قَاعِدًا فَإِذَا قَرَأَ قَائِمًا رَكَعَ قَائِمًا وَإِذَا قَرَأَ قَاعِدًا رَكَعَ قَاعِدًا

    “I asked ‘Aishah about the prayer of the Messenger of Allah ﷺ at night. She said: ‘He used to pray for a long time at night standing up, and for a long time at night sitting down. If he prayed standing, he would bow standing, and if he prayed sitting, he would bow sitting.’”

  427. Sunan Ibn Majah 1229Sahih

    أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ﷺ مَرَّ بِهِ وَهُوَ يُصَلِّي جَالِسًا فَقَالَ صَلاَةُ الْجَالِسِ عَلَى النِّصْفِ مِنْ صَلاَةِ الْقَائِمِ

    “The prayer of one who sits down is equivalent to half of the prayer of one who stands.”

  428. Sunan Ibn Majah 1230Sahih

    أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ خَرَجَ فَرَأَى أُنَاسًا يُصَلُّونَ قُعُودًا فَقَالَ صَلاَةُ الْقَاعِدِ عَلَى النِّصْفِ مِنْ صَلاَةِ الْقَائِمِ

    “The prayer of one who sits down is equivalent to half of the prayer of one who stands.”

  429. Sunan Ibn Majah 1231Hasan or sahih

    أَنَّهُ سَأَلَ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ عَنِ الرَّجُلِ يُصَلِّي قَاعِدًا قَالَ مَنْ صَلَّى قَائِمًا فَهُوَ أَفْضَلُ وَمَنْ صَلَّى قَاعِدًا فَلَهُ نِصْفُ أَجْرِ الْقَائِمِ وَمَنْ صَلَّى نَائِمًا فَلَهُ نِصْفُ أَجْرِ الْقَاعِدِ

    It was narrated from ‘Imran bin Husain that he asked the Messenger of Allah ﷺ about a man who prays sitting down. He said, “Whoever performs prayer standing up, that is better. Whoever performs prayer sitting down will have half the reward of one who prays standing. And whoever performs prayer lying down will have half the reward of one who prays sitting.”

  430. Sunan Ibn Majah 1232Sahih

    لَمَّا مَرِضَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ مَرَضَهُ الَّذِي مَاتَ فِيهِ وَقَالَ أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ لَمَّا ثَقُلَ جَاءَ بِلاَلٌ يُؤْذِنُهُ بِالصَّلاَةِ فَقَالَ مُرُوا أَبَا بَكْرٍ فَلْيُصَلِّ بِالنَّاسِ قُلْنَا يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ إِنَّ أَبَا بَكْرٍ رَجُلٌ أَسِيفٌ تَعْنِي رَقِيقٌ وَمَتَى مَا يَقُومُ مُقَامَكَ يَبْكِي فَلاَ يَسْتَطِيعُ فَلَوْ أَمَرْتَ عُمَرَ فَصَلَّى بِالنَّاسِ فَقَالَ مُرُوا أَبَا بَكْرِ فَلْيُصَلِّ بِالنَّاسِ فَإِنَّكُنَّ صَوَاحِبَاتُ يُوسُفَ قَالَتْ فَأَرْسَلْنَا إِلَى أَبِي بَكْرٍ فَصَلَّى بِالنَّاسِ فَوَجَدَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ مِنْ نَفْسِهِ خِفَّةً فَخَرَجَ إِلَى الصَّلاَةِ يُهَادَى بَيْنَ رَجُلَيْنِ وَرِجْلاَهُ تَخُطَّانِ فِي الأَرْضِ فَلَمَّا أَحَسَّ بِهِ أَبُو بَكْرٍ ذَهَبَ لِيَتَأَخَّرَ فَأَوْمَى إِلَيْهِ النَّبِيُّ ﷺ أَنْ مَكَانَكَ قَالَ فَجَاءَ حَتَّى أَجْلَسَاهُ إِلَى جَنْبِ أَبِي بَكْرٍ فَكَانَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ يَأْتَمُّ بِالنَّبِيِّ ﷺ وَالنَّاسُ يَأْتَمُّونَ بِأَبِي بَكْرٍ

    “When the Messenger of Allah ﷺ fell ill with the sickness that would be his last” – (One of the narrators) Abu Mu’awiyah said: “When he was overcome by sickness” – “Bilal came to tell him that it was time for prayer. He said, ‘Tell Abu Bakr to lead the people in prayer.’ We said: ‘O Messenger of Allah! Abu Bakr is a tender-hearted man, and when he takes your place he will weep and not be able to do it. Why do you not tell ‘Umar to lead the people in prayer?’ He said: ‘Tell Abu Bakr to lead the people in prayer; you are (like) the female companions of Yusuf.’” She said: “So we sent word to Abu Bakr, and he led the people in prayer. Then the Messenger of Allah ﷺ began to feel a little better, so he came out to the prayer, supported by two men with his feet making lines along the ground. When Abu Bakr realized that he was there, he wanted to step back, but the Prophet ﷺ gestured to him to stay where he was. Then (the two men) brought him to sit beside Abu Bakr, and Abu Bakr was following the lead of the Prophet ﷺ and the people were following Abu Bakr.”

  431. Sunan Ibn Majah 1233Sahih

    أَمَرَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ أَبَا بَكْرٍ أَنْ يُصَلِّيَ بِالنَّاسِ فِي مَرَضِهِ فَكَانَ يُصَلِّي بِهِمْ فَوَجَدَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ خِفَّةً فَخَرَجَ وَإِذَا أَبُو بَكْرٍ يَؤُمُّ النَّاسَ فَلَمَّا رَآهُ أَبُو بَكْرٍ اسْتَأْخَرَ فَأَشَارَ إِلَيْهِ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ أَىْ كَمَا أَنْتَ فَجَلَسَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ حِذَاءَ أَبِي بَكْرٍ إِلَى جَنْبِهِ فَكَانَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ يُصَلِّي بِصَلاَةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ وَالنَّاسُ يُصَلُّونَ بِصَلاَةِ أَبِي بَكْرٍ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ told Abu Bakr to lead the people in prayer when he was sick, and Abu Bakr used to lead them in prayer. Then the Messenger of Allah ﷺ began to feel a little better, so he came out, and saw Abu Bakr leading the people in prayer. When Abu Bakr saw him, he stepped back, but the Messenger of Allah ﷺ gestured to him to stay where he was. Then the Messenger of Allah ﷺ sat beside Abu Bakr. Abu Bakr was following the prayer of the Messenger of Allah ﷺ, and the people were following the prayer of Abu Bakr.”

  432. Sunan Ibn Majah 1234Sahih

    سَلَمَةُ بْنُ نُبَيْطٍ أَنْبَأَنَا عَنْ نُعَيْمِ بْنِ أَبِي هِنْدٍ عَنْ نُبَيْطِ بْنِ شَرِيطٍ عَنْ سَالِمِ بْنِ عُبَيْدٍ قَالَ أُغْمِيَ عَلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ فِي مَرَضِهِ ثُمَّ أَفَاقَ فَقَالَ أَحَضَرَتِ الصَّلاَةُ قَالُوا نَعَمْ قَالَ مُرُوا بِلاَلاً فَلْيُؤَذِّنْ وَمُرُوا أَبَا بَكْرٍ فَلْيُصَلِّ بِالنَّاسِ أَوْ لِلنَّاسِ ثُمَّ أُغْمِيَ عَلَيْهِ فَأَفَاقَ فَقَالَ أَحَضَرَتِ الصَّلاَةُ قَالُوا نَعَمْ قَالَ مُرُوا بِلاَلاً فَلْيُؤَذِّنْ وَمُرُوا أَبَا بَكْرٍ فَلْيُصَلِّ بِالنَّاسِ ثُمَّ أُغْمِيَ عَلَيْهِ فَأَفَاقَ فَقَالَ أَحَضَرَتِ الصَّلاَةُ قَالُوا نَعَمْ قَالَ مُرُوا بِلاَلاً فَلْيُؤَذِّنْ وَمُرُوا أَبَا بَكْرٍ فَلْيُصَلِّ بِالنَّاسِ فَقَالَتْ عَائِشَةُ إِنَّ أَبِي رَجُلٌ أَسِيفٌ فَإِذَا قَامَ ذَلِكَ الْمُقَامَ يَبْكِي لاَ يَسْتَطِيعُ فَلَوْ أَمَرْتَ غَيْرَهُ ثُمَّ أُغْمِيَ عَلَيْهِ فَأَفَاقَ فَقَالَ مُرُوا بِلاَلاً فَلْيُؤَذِّنْ وَمُرُوا أَبَا بَكْرٍ فَلْيُصَلِّ بِالنَّاسِ فَإِنَّكُنَّ صَوَاحِبُ يُوسُفَ أَوْ صَوَاحِبَاتُ يُوسُفَ قَالَ فَأُمِرَ بِلاَلٌ فَأَذَّنَ وَأُمِرَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ فَصَلَّى بِالنَّاسِ ثُمَّ إِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ وَجَدَ خِفَّةً فَقَالَ انْظُرُوا لِي مَنْ أَتَّكِئُ عَلَيْهِ فَجَاءَتْ بَرِيرَةُ وَرَجُلٌ آخَرُ فَاتَّكَأَ عَلَيْهِمَا فَلَمَّا رَآهُ أَبُو بَكْرٍ ذَهَبَ لِيَنْكُصَ فَأَوْمَأَ إِلَيْهِ أَنِ اثْبُتْ مَكَانَكَ ثُمَّ جَاءَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ حَتَّى جَلَسَ إِلَى جَنْبِ أَبِي بَكْرٍ حَتَّى قَضَى أَبُو بَكْرٍ صَلاَتَهُ ثُمَّ إِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ قُبِضَ قَالَ أَبُو عَبْدِ اللَّهِ هَذَا حَدِيثٌ غَرِيبٌ لَمْ يُحَدِّثْ بِهِ غَيْرُ نَصْرِ بْنِ عَلِيٍّ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ fainted when he was sick, then he woke up and said: ‘Has the time for prayer come?’ They said: ‘Yes.’ He said: ‘Tell Bilal to call the Adhan, and tell Abu Bakr to lead the people in prayer.’ Then he fainted, then he woke up and said: ‘Has the time for prayer come?’ They said: ‘Yes.’ He said: ‘Tell Bilal to call the Adhan, and tell Abu Bakr to lead the people in prayer.’ Then he fainted, then he woke up and said: ‘Has the time for prayer come?’ They said: ‘Yes.’ He said: ‘Tell Bilal to call the Adhan, and tell Abu Bakr to lead the people in prayer.’ ‘Aishah said: ‘My father is a tender-hearted man, and if he stands in that place he will weep and will not be able to do it. If you told someone else to do it (that would be better).’ Then he fainted, then woke up and said: ‘Tell Bilal to call the Adhan, and tell Abu Bakr to lead the people in prayer. You are (like) the female companions of Yusuf.’ So Bilal was told to call the Adhan and he did so, and Abu Bakr was told to lead the people in prayer, and he did so. Then the Messenger of Allah ﷺ felt a little better, and he said: ‘Find me someone I can lean on.’ Barirah and another man came, and he leaned on them. When Abu Bakr saw him, he started to step back, but (the Prophet ﷺ) gestured him to stay where he was. Then the Messenger of Allah ﷺ came and sat beside Abu Bakr, until Abu Bakr finished praying. Then the Messenger of Allah ﷺ passed away.”

  433. Sunan Ibn Majah 1235Graders disagree

    لَمَّا مَرِضَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ مَرَضَهُ الَّذِي مَاتَ فِيهِ كَانَ فِي بَيْتِ عَائِشَةَ فَقَالَ ادْعُوا لِي عَلِيًّا قَالَتْ عَائِشَةُ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ نَدْعُو لَكَ أَبَا بَكْرٍ قَالَ ادْعُوهُ قَالَتْ حَفْصَةُ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ نَدْعُو لَكَ عُمَرَ قَالَ ادْعُوهُ قَالَتْ أُمُّ الْفَضْلِ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ نَدْعُو لَكَ الْعَبَّاسَ قَالَ نَعَمْ فَلَمَّا اجْتَمَعُوا رَفَعَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ رَأْسَهُ فَنَظَرَ فَسَكَتَ فَقَالَ عُمَرُ قُومُوا عَنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ ثُمَّ جَاءَ بِلاَلٌ يُؤْذِنُهُ بِالصَّلاَةِ فَقَالَ مُرُوا أَبَا بَكْرٍ فَلْيُصَلِّ بِالنَّاسِ فَقَالَتْ عَائِشَةُ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ إِنَّ أَبَا بَكْرٍ رَجُلٌ رَقِيقٌ حَصِرٌ وَمَتَى لاَ يَرَاكَ يَبْكِي وَالنَّاسُ يَبْكُونَ فَلَوْ أَمَرْتَ عُمَرَ يُصَلِّي بِالنَّاسِ فَخَرَجَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ فَصَلَّى بِالنَّاسِ فَوَجَدَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ مِنْ نَفْسِهِ خِفَّةً فَخَرَجَ يُهَادَى بَيْنَ رَجُلَيْنِ وَرِجْلاَهُ تَخُطَّانِ فِي الأَرْضِ فَلَمَّا رَآهُ النَّاسُ سَبَّحُوا بِأَبِي بَكْرٍ فَذَهَبَ لِيَسْتَأْخِرَ فَأَوْمَأَ إِلَيْهِ النَّبِيُّ ﷺ أَىْ مَكَانَكَ فَجَاءَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ فَجَلَسَ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ وَقَامَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ فَكَانَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ يَأْتَمُّ بِالنَّبِيِّ ﷺ وَالنَّاسُ يَأْتَمُّونَ بِأَبِي بَكْرٍ قَالَ ابْنُ عَبَّاسٍ فَأَخَذَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ مِنَ الْقِرَاءَةِ مِنْ حَيْثُ كَانَ بَلَغَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ قَالَ وَكِيعٌ وَكَذَا السُّنَّةُ قَالَ فَمَاتَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ فِي مَرَضِهِ ذَلِكَ

    “When the Messenger of Allah ﷺ fell ill with what would be his final illness, he was in the house of ‘Aishah. He said: ‘Call ‘Ali for me.’ ‘Aishah said: ‘O Messenger of Allah, should we call Abu Bakr for you?’ He said: ‘Call him.’ Hafsah said: ‘O Messenger of Allah, should we call ‘Umar for you?’ He said: ‘Call him.’ Ummul-Fadl said: ‘O Messenger of Allah, should we call Al-‘Abbas for you?’ He said: ‘Yes.’ When they had gathered, the Messenger of Allah ﷺ lifted his head, looked and fell silent. ‘Umar said: ‘Get up and leave the Messenger of Allah ﷺ.’ Then Bilal came to tell him that the time for prayer had come, and he said: ‘Tell Abu Bakr to lead the people in prayer.’ ‘Aishah said: ‘O Messenger of Allah, Abu Bakr is a soft and tender-hearted man, and if he does not see you, he will weep and the people will weep with him. If you tell ‘Umar to lead the people in prayer (that would be better).’ Abu Bakr went out and led the people in prayer, then the Messenger of Allah ﷺ felt a little better, so he came out, supported by two men, with his feet making lines along the ground. When the people saw him, they said: ‘Subhan-Allah,’ to alert Abu Bakr. He wanted to step back, but the Prophet ﷺ gestured him to stay where he was. Then the Messenger of Allah ﷺ came and sat on his right. Abu Bakr stood up and he was following the lead of the Prophet ﷺ, and the people were following the lead of Abu Bakr. Ibn ‘Abbas said; ‘And the Messenger of Allah ﷺ started to recite from where Abu Bakr had reached.’”

  434. Sunan Ibn Majah 1236Sahih

    تَخَلَّفَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ فَانْتَهَيْنَا إِلَى الْقَوْمِ وَقَدْ صَلَّى بِهِمْ عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ عَوْفٍ رَكْعَةً فَلَمَّا أَحَسَّ بِالنَّبِيِّ ﷺ ذَهَبَ يَتَأَخَّرُ فَأَوْمَأَ إِلَيْهِ النَّبِيُّ ﷺ أَنْ يُتِمَّ الصَّلاَةَ قَالَ وَقَدْ أَحْسَنْتَ كَذَلِكَ فَافْعَلْ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ lagged behind (on a journey) and we reached the people when ‘Abdur Rahman bin ‘Awf had already led them in one Rak’ah of the prayer. When he realized that the Prophet ﷺ was there, he wanted to step back, but the Prophet ﷺ gestured to him that he should complete the prayer. He said: ‘You have done well, do the same in the future.’”

  435. Sunan Ibn Majah 1237Sahih

    اشْتَكَى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ فَدَخَلَ عَلَيْهِ نَاسٌ مِنْ أَصْحَابِهِ يَعُودُونَهُ فَصَلَّى النَّبِيُّ ﷺ جَالِسًا فَصَلَّوْا بِصَلاَتِهِ قِيَامًا فَأَشَارَ إِلَيْهِمْ أَنِ اجْلِسُوا فَلَمَّا انْصَرَفَ قَالَ إِنَّمَا جُعِلَ الإِمَامُ لِيُؤْتَمَّ بِهِ فَإِذَا رَكَعَ فَارْكَعُوا وَإِذَا رَفَعَ فَارْفَعُوا وَإِذَا صَلَّى جَالِسًا فَصَلُّوا جُلُوسًا

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ fell ill and some of his Companions came to visit him. The Messenger of Allah ﷺ performed prayer while sitting down, and they prayed behind him standing up. He gestured them to sit down, and when he finished he said: ‘The Imam is appointed to be followed. When he bows, then bow; when he stands up again, then stand up, and if he prays sitting down then pray sitting down.’”

  436. Sunan Ibn Majah 1238Sahih

    أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ﷺ صُرِعَ عَنْ فَرَسٍ فَجُحِشَ شِقُّهُ الأَيْمَنُ فَدَخَلْنَا نَعُودُهُ وَحَضَرَتِ الصَّلاَةُ فَصَلَّى بِنَا قَاعِدًا وَصَلَّيْنَا وَرَاءَهُ قُعُودًا فَلَمَّا قَضَى الصَّلاَةَ قَالَ إِنَّمَا جُعِلَ الإِمَامُ لِيُؤْتَمَّ بِهِ فَإِذَا كَبَّرَ فَكَبِّرُوا وَإِذَا رَكَعَ فَارْكَعُوا وَإِذَا قَالَ سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ فَقُولُوا رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ وَإِذَا سَجَدَ فَاسْجُدُوا وَإِذَا صَلَّى قَاعِدًا فَصَلُّوا قُعُودًا أَجْمَعِينَ

    “The Imam is appointed to be followed. When he says Allahu Akbar, then say Allahu Akbar; when he bows, then bow; when he says Sami’ Allahu liman hamidah, then say Rabbana wa lakal-hamd; when he prostrates then prostrate; and if he prays sitting down then pray sitting down.”

  437. Sunan Ibn Majah 1239Sahih

    إِنَّمَا جُعِلَ الإِمَامُ لِيُؤْتَمَّ بِهِ فَإِذَا كَبَّرَ فَكَبِّرُوا وَإِذَا رَكَعَ فَارْكَعُوا وَإِذَا قَالَ سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ فَقُولُوا رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ وَإِنْ صَلَّى قَائِمًا فَصَلُّوا قِيَامًا وَإِنْ صَلَّى قَاعِدًا فَصَلُّوا قُعُودًا

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘The Imam is appointed to be followed. When he says Allahu Akbar, then say Allahu Akbar; when he bows, then bow; when he says Sami’ Allahu liman hamidah, then say Rabbana wa lakal-hamd; when he prostrates then prostrate; if he prays standing, then pray standing, and if he prays sitting down then pray sitting down.”

  438. Sunan Ibn Majah 1240Sahih

    اشْتَكَى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ فَصَلَّيْنَا وَرَاءَهُ وَهُوَ قَاعِدٌ وَأَبُو بَكْرٍ يُكَبِّرُ يُسْمِعُ النَّاسَ تَكْبِيرَهُ فَالْتَفَتَ إِلَيْنَا فَرَآنَا قِيَامًا فَأَشَارَ إِلَيْنَا فَقَعَدْنَا فَصَلَّيْنَا بِصَلاَتِهِ قُعُودًا فَلَمَّا سَلَّمَ قَالَ إِنْ كِدْتُمْ أَنْ تَفْعَلُوا فِعْلَ فَارِسَ وَالرُّومِ يَقُومُونَ عَلَى مُلُوكِهِمْ وَهُمْ قُعُودٌ فَلاَ تَفْعَلُوا ائْتَمُّوا بِأَئِمَّتِكُمْ إِنْ صَلَّى قَائِمًا فَصَلُّوا قِيَامًا وَإِنْ صَلَّى قَاعِدًا فَصَلُّوا قُعُودًا

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ fell ill, and we prayed behind him while he was sitting down, and Abu Bakr was saying the Takbir so that the people could hear them. He turned to us and saw us standing, so he gestured to us to sit down. When he had said the Salam, he said: ‘You were about to do the action of the Persians and Romans, who remain standing while their kings are seated. Do not do that. Follow the lead of your Imam; if he prays standing, then pray standing, and if he prays sitting down, then pray sitting down.’”

  439. Sunan Ibn Majah 1241Hasan or sahih

    قُلْتُ لأَبِي يَا أَبَتِ إِنَّكَ قَدْ صَلَّيْتَ خَلْفَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ وَأَبِي بَكْرٍ وَعُمَرَ وَعُثْمَانَ وَعَلِيٍّ هَا هُنَا بِالْكُوفَةِ نَحْوًا مِنْ خَمْسِ سِنِينَ فَكَانُوا يَقْنُتُونَ فِي الْفَجْرِ؟ فَقَالَ أَىْ بُنَىَّ مُحْدَثٌ

    “I said to my father: ‘O my father! You prayed behind the Messenger of Allah ﷺ and behind Abu Bakr, ‘Umar and ‘Uthman, and behind ‘Ali here in Kufah for about five years. Did they recite Qunut in Fajr?’ He said: ‘O my son! That is an innovation.’”

  440. Sunan Ibn Majah 1242Fabricated

    نَهَى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ عَنِ الْقُنُوتِ فِي الْفَجْرِ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ was forbidden to recite Qunut in Fajr.”

  441. Sunan Ibn Majah 1243Sahih

    كَانَ يَقْنُتُ فِي صَلاَةِ الصُّبْحِ يَدْعُو عَلَى حَىٍّ مِنْ أَحْيَاءِ الْعَرَبِ شَهْرًا ثُمَّ تَرَكَ

    It was narrated from Anas bin Malik that the Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to recite Qunut in the Subh prayer, and he used to supplicate in it against one of the Arab tribes for a month, then he stopped doing so.

  442. Sunan Ibn Majah 1244Sahih

    لَمَّا رَفَعَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ رَأْسَهُ مِنْ صَلاَةِ الصُّبْحِ قَالَ اللَّهُمَّ أَنْجِ الْوَلِيدَ بْنَ الْوَلِيدِ وَسَلَمَةَ بْنَ هِشَامٍ وَعَيَّاشَ بْنَ أَبِي رَبِيعَةَ وَالْمُسْتَضْعَفِينَ بِمَكَّةَ اللَّهُمَّ اشْدُدْ وَطْأَتَكَ عَلَى مُضَرَ وَاجْعَلْهَا عَلَيْهِمْ سِنِينَ كَسِنِي يُوسُفَ

    “When the Messenger of Allah ﷺ raised his head from Ruku’ in the Subh prayer, he said: ‘O Allah, save Al-Walid bin Walid, Salamah bin Hisham and ‘Ayyash bin Abu Rabi’ah, and the oppressed in Makkah. O Allah, tighten Your grip on Mudar, and send them years of famine like the famine of Yusuf.”

  443. Sunan Ibn Majah 1245Sahih

    أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ﷺ أَمَرَ بِقَتْلِ الأَسْوَدَيْنِ فِي الصَّلاَةِ الْعَقْرَبِ وَالْحَيَّةِ

    It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that the Prophet ﷺ commanded killing the two black ones during prayer; the scorpion and the snake.

  444. Sunan Ibn Majah 1246Hasan or sahih

    لَدَغَتِ النَّبِيَّ ﷺ عَقْرَبٌ وَهُوَ فِي الصَّلاَةِ فَقَالَ لَعَنَ اللَّهُ الْعَقْرَبَ مَا تَدَعُ الْمُصَلِّيَ وَغَيْرَ الْمُصَلِّي اقْتُلُوهَا فِي الْحِلِّ وَالْحَرَمِ

    “The Prophet ﷺ was stung by a scorpion while he was performing prayer, and he said: ‘May Allah curse the scorpion, for it does not spare anyone, whether he is praying or not. Kill them whether you are in Ihram or not.’” In Al-Hill (outside the sacred precincts of Makkah) or Al-Haram (the sacred precincts or Makkah).

  445. Sunan Ibn Majah 1247Weak

    أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ﷺ قَتَلَ عَقْرَبًا وَهُوَ فِي الصَّلاَةِ

    It was narrated from Ibn Abu Rafi’, from his father, from his grandfather, that the Prophet ﷺ killed a scorpion while he was praying.

  446. Sunan Ibn Majah 1248Sahih

    أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ نَهَى عَنْ صَلاَتَيْنِ عَنِ الصَّلاَةِ بَعْدَ الْفَجْرِ حَتَّى تَطْلُعَ الشَّمْسُ وَبَعْدَ الْعَصْرِ حَتَّى تَغْرُبَ الشَّمْسُ

    prayer after the Fajr until the sun has risen, and prayer after ‘Asr until the sun has set.

  447. Sunan Ibn Majah 1249Sahih

    لاَ صَلاَةَ بَعْدَ الْعَصْرِ حَتَّى تَغْرُبَ الشَّمْسُ وَلاَ صَلاَةَ بَعْدَ الْفَجْرِ حَتَّى تَطْلُعَ الشَّمْسُ

    “There is no prayer after the ‘Asr until the sun has set, and there is no prayer after the Fajr until the sun has risen.”

  448. Sunan Ibn Majah 1250Sahih

    لاَ صَلاَةَ بَعْدَ الْفَجْرِ حَتَّى تَطْلُعَ الشَّمْسُ وَلاَ صَلاَةَ بَعْدَ الْعَصْرِ حَتَّى تَغْرُبَ الشَّمْسُ

    “Good men among whom was ‘Umar bin Khattab, and the best of them in my view is ‘Umar, testified before me that the Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘There is no prayer after Fajr until the sun has risen, and there is no prayer after the ‘Asr until the sun has set.’”

  449. Sunan Ibn Majah 1251Weak

    أَتَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ فَقُلْتُ هَلْ مِنْ سَاعَةٍ أَحَبُّ إِلَى اللَّهِ مِنْ أُخْرَى قَالَ نَعَمْ جَوْفُ اللَّيْلِ الأَوْسَطُ فَصَلِّ مَا بَدَا لَكَ حَتَّى يَطْلُعَ الصُّبْحُ ثُمَّ انْتَهِ حَتَّى تَطْلُعَ الشَّمْسُ وَمَا دَامَتْ كَأَنَّهَا حَجَفَةٌ حَتَّى تَنْتَشِرَ ثُمَّ صَلِّ مَا بَدَا لَكَ حَتَّى يَقُومَ الْعَمُودُ عَلَى ظِلِّهِ ثُمَّ انْتَهِ حَتَّى تَزُولَ الشَّمْسُ فَإِنَّ جَهَنَّمَ تُسْجَرُ نِصْفَ النَّهَارِ ثُمَّ صَلِّ مَا بَدَا لَكَ حَتَّى تُصَلِّيَ الْعَصْرَ ثُمَّ انْتَهِ حَتَّى تَغْرُبَ الشَّمْسُ فَإِنَّهَا تَغْرُبُ بَيْنَ قَرْنَىِ الشَّيْطَانِ وَتَطْلُعُ بَيْنَ قَرْنَىِ الشَّيْطَانِ

    “I came to the Messenger of Allah ﷺ and said: ‘Is there any time that is more beloved to Allah than another?’ He said: ‘Yes, the middle of the night, so pray as much as you want until dawn comes. Then refrain from praying until the sun has risen, and as long as it looks like a shield until it becomes apparent. Then pray as much as you want until a pole stands on its shadow (i.e., noon), then refrain from praying until it has crossed the zenith, for Hell is heated up at midday. Then pray as much as you want until you pray ‘Asr, then refrain from praying until the sun has set, for it sets between the two horns of Satan and it rises between the two horns of Satan.’”

  450. Sunan Ibn Majah 1252Hasan or sahih

    سَأَلَ صَفْوَانُ بْنُ الْمُعَطَّلِ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ فَقَالَ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ إِنِّي سَائِلُكَ عَنْ أَمْرٍ أَنْتَ بِهِ عَالِمٌ وَأَنَا بِهِ جَاهِلٌ قَالَ وَمَا هُوَ قَالَ هَلْ مِنْ سَاعَاتِ اللَّيْلِ وَالنَّهَارِ سَاعَةٌ تُكْرَهُ فِيهَا الصَّلاَةُ قَالَ نَعَمْ إِذَا صَلَّيْتَ الصُّبْحَ فَدَعِ الصَّلاَةَ حَتَّى تَطْلُعَ الشَّمْسُ فَإِنَّهَا تَطْلُعُ بِقَرْنَىِ الشَّيْطَانِ ثُمَّ صَلِّ فَالصَّلاَةُ مَحْضُورَةٌ مُتَقَبَّلَةٌ حَتَّى تَسْتَوِيَ الشَّمْسُ عَلَى رَأْسِكَ كَالرُّمْحِ فَإِذَا كَانَتْ عَلَى رَأْسِكَ كَالرُّمْحِ فَدَعِ الصَّلاَةَ فَإِنَّ تِلْكَ السَّاعَةَ تُسْجَرُ فِيهَا جَهَنَّمُ وَتُفْتَحُ فِيهَا أَبْوَابُهَا حَتَّى تَزِيغَ الشَّمْسُ عَنْ حَاجِبِكَ الأَيْمَنِ فَإِذَا زَالَتْ فَالصَّلاَةُ مَحْضُورَةٌ مُتَقَبَّلَةٌ حَتَّى تُصَلِّيَ الْعَصْرَ ثُمَّ دَعِ الصَّلاَةَ حَتَّى تَغِيبَ الشَّمْسُ

    “Safwan bin Mu’attal asked the Messenger of Allah ﷺ: ‘O Messenger of Allah, I want to ask you about something of which you have knowledge and I know nothing.’ He said: ‘What is it?’ He said: ‘Is there any time of the night or day when it is disliked to perform prayer? He said: ‘Yes, when you have prayed the Subh, then do not pray until the sun has risen, for it rises between the two horns of Satan. Then pray, for the prayer is attended (by the angels) and is acceptable (to Allah) until the sun is right overhead like a spear. For at that time Hell is heated up and its gates are opened. (Then refrain from prayer) until the sun passes the zenith. Then when it has passed the zenith, the prayer is attended (by the angels) and is acceptable (to Allah) until you pray the ‘Asr. Then stop praying until the sun has set.’”

  451. Sunan Ibn Majah 1253Graders disagree

    إِنَّ الشَّمْسَ تَطْلُعُ بَيْنَ قَرْنَىِ الشَّيْطَانِ أَوْ قَالَ يَطْلُعُ مَعَهَا قَرْنَا الشَّيْطَانِ فَإِذَا ارْتَفَعَتْ فَارَقَهَا فَإِذَا كَانَتْ فِي وَسَطِ السَّمَاءِ قَارَنَهَا فَإِذَا دَلَكَتْ أَوْ قَالَ زَالَتْ فَارَقَهَا فَإِذَا دَنَتْ لِلْغُرُوبِ قَارَنَهَا فَإِذَا غَرَبَتْ فَارَقَهَا فَلاَ تُصَلُّوا هَذِهِ السَّاعَاتِ الثَّلاَثَ

    “The sun rises between the two horns of Satan” or he said “The two horns of Satan rise with it, and when it has risen, Satan parts from it. When it is in the middle of the sky he accompanies it, then when it has crossed the zenith he parts from it. When it is about to set, he accompanies it, and when it has set he parts from it. So do no pray at these three times.”

  452. Sunan Ibn Majah 1254Sahih

    يَا بَنِي عَبْدِ مَنَافٍ لاَ تَمْنَعُوا أَحَدًا طَافَ بِهَذَا الْبَيْتِ وَصَلَّى أَيَّةَ سَاعَةٍ شَاءَ مِنَ اللَّيْلِ وَالنَّهَارِ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘O Banu ‘Abd Manaf! Do not prevent anyone from circumambulating this House or praying at any time he wants of the day or night.”

  453. Sunan Ibn Majah 1255Hasan or sahih

    لَعَلَّكُمْ سَتُدْرِكُونَ أَقْوَامًا يُصَلُّونَ الصَّلاَةَ لِغَيْرِ وَقْتِهَا فَإِنْ أَدْرَكْتُمُوهُمْ فَصَلُّوا فِي بُيُوتِكُمْ لِلْوَقْتِ الَّذِي تَعْرِفُونَ ثُمَّ صَلُّوا مَعَهُمْ وَاجْعَلُوهَا سُبْحَةً

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: ‘You may come across people who offer a prayer at the wrong time. If you meet them, then perform prayer in your houses at the time that you know, then pray with them and make that voluntary.”

  454. Sunan Ibn Majah 1256Sahih

    صَلِّ الصَّلاَةَ لِوَقْتِهَا فَإِنْ أَدْرَكْتَ الإِمَامَ يُصَلِّي بِهِمْ فَصَلِّ مَعَهُمْ وَقَدْ أَحْرَزْتَ صَلاَتَكَ وَإِلاَّ فَهِيَ نَافِلَةٌ لَكَ

    “Offer prayer on time, and if you reached the Imam leading them in prayers (on time), then perform it with them, and you will be safe with your prayer, otherwise it will be voluntary for you.”

  455. Sunan Ibn Majah 1257Sahih

    سَيَكُونُ أُمَرَاءُ تَشْغَلُهُمْ أَشْيَاءُ يُؤَخِّرُونَ الصَّلاَةَ عَنْ وَقْتِهَا فَاجْعَلُوا صَلاَتَكُمْ مَعَهُمْ تَطَوُّعًا

    “There will be leaders who will be distracted by matters and they will delay the prayer until after its proper time. So make your prayer with them voluntary.”

  456. Sunan Ibn Majah 1258Sahih

    قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ فِي صَلاَةِ الْخَوْفِ أَنْ يَكُونَ الإِمَامُ يُصَلِّي بِطَائِفَةٍ مَعَهُ فَيَسْجُدُونَ سَجْدَةً وَاحِدَةً وَتَكُونُ طَائِفَةٌ مِنْهُمْ بَيْنَهُمْ وَبَيْنَ الْعَدُوِّ ثُمَّ يَنْصَرِفُ الَّذِينَ سَجَدُوا السَّجْدَةَ مَعَ أَمِيرِهِمْ ثُمَّ يَكُونُونَ مَكَانَ الَّذِينَ لَمْ يُصَلُّوا وَيَتَقَدَّمُ الَّذِينَ لَمْ يُصَلُّوا فَيُصَلُّوا مَعَ أَمِيرِهِمْ سَجْدَةً وَاحِدَةً ثُمَّ يَنْصَرِفُ أَمِيرُهُمْ وَقَدْ صَلَّى صَلاَتَهُ وَيُصَلِّي كُلُّ وَاحِدَةٍ مِنَ الطَّائِفَتَيْنِ بِصَلاَتِهِ سَجْدَةً لِنَفْسِهِ فَإِنْ كَانَ خَوْفٌ أَشَدَّ مِنْ ذَلِكَ فَرِجَالاً أَوْ رُكْبَانًا قَالَ يَعْنِي بِالسَّجْدَةِ الرَّكْعَةَ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said concerning the fear prayer: “The Imam should lead one group in prayer, and they should perform one prostration, and there should be another group between them and the enemy (guarding them). Then those who did the prostration with their leader should move away, and take the place of those who have not yet prayed. Then those who have not yet prayed should come forward and perform one prostration with their leader. Then their leader should move away, and his prayer will be complete. Then each group should perform one prostration by itself. If the fear is too great, then (they should pray) on foot or riding.’” He said: What is meant by prostration here is a Rak’ah.

  457. Sunan Ibn Majah 1259Sahih

    أَنَّهُ قَالَ فِي صَلاَةِ الْخَوْفِ قَالَ يَقُومُ الإِمَامُ مُسْتَقْبِلَ الْقِبْلَةِ وَتَقُومُ طَائِفَةٌ مِنْهُمْ مَعَهُ وَطَائِفَةٌ مِنْ قِبَلِ الْعَدُوِّ وَوُجُوهُهُمْ إِلَى الصَّفِّ فَيَرْكَعُ بِهِمْ رَكْعَةً وَيَرْكَعُونَ لأَنْفُسِهِمْ وَيَسْجُدُونَ لأَنْفُسِهِمْ سَجْدَتَيْنِ فِي مَكَانِهِمْ ثُمَّ يَذْهَبُونَ إِلَى مُقَامِ أُولَئِكَ وَيَجِيءُ أُولَئِكَ فَيَرْكَعُ بِهِمْ رَكْعَةً وَيَسْجُدُ بِهِمْ سَجْدَتَيْنِ فَهِيَ لَهُ ثِنْتَانِ وَلَهُمْ وَاحِدَةٌ ثُمَّ يَرْكَعُونَ رَكْعَةً وَاحِدَةً وَيَسْجُدُونَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ قَالَ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ فَسَأَلْتُ يَحْيَى بْنَ سَعِيدٍ الْقَطَّانَ عَنْ هَذَا الْحَدِيثِ فَحَدَّثَنِي عَنْ شُعْبَةَ عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ الْقَاسِمِ عَنْ أَبِيهِ عَنْ صَالِحِ بْنِ خَوَّاتٍ عَنْ سَهْلِ بْنِ أَبِي حَثْمَةَ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ ﷺ بِمِثْلِ حَدِيثِ يَحْيَى بْنِ سَعِيدٍ قَالَ قَالَ لِي يَحْيَى اكْتُبْهُ إِلَى جَنْبِهِ وَلَسْتُ أَحْفَظُ الْحَدِيثَ وَلَكِنْ مِثْلُ حَدِيثِ يَحْيَى

    “The Imam should stand facing the Qiblah, and a group of them should stand with him, and another group should stand in the direction of the enemy, facing towards the row (of worshippers). He should lead them in one Rak’ah, then they should bow and do two prostrations by themselves where they are. Then they should go and take the place of the others, and the others should come and pray one Rak’ah, bowing and prostrating with the leader. Then he will have prayed two Rak’ah and they will have prayed one; then they should perform another Rak’ah, bowing and performing two prostrations.”

  458. Sunan Ibn Majah 1260Sahih

    أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ﷺ صَلَّى بِأَصْحَابِهِ صَلاَةَ الْخَوْفِ فَرَكَعَ بِهِمْ جَمِيعًا ثُمَّ سَجَدَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ وَالصَّفُّ الَّذِينَ يَلُونَهُ وَالآخَرُونَ قِيَامٌ حَتَّى إِذَا نَهَضَ سَجَدَ أُولَئِكَ بِأَنْفُسِهِمْ سَجْدَتَيْنِ ثُمَّ تَأَخَّرَ الصَّفُّ الْمُقَدَّمُ حَتَّى قَامُوا مُقَامَ أُولَئِكَ وَتَخَلَّلَ أُولَئِكَ حَتَّى قَامُوا مُقَامَ الصَّفِّ الْمُقَدَّمِ فَرَكَعَ بِهِمُ النَّبِيُّ ﷺ جَمِيعًا ثُمَّ سَجَدَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ وَالصَّفُّ الَّذِي يَلُونَهُ فَلَمَّا رَفَعُوا رُءُوسَهُمْ سَجَدَ أُولَئِكَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ فَكُلُّهُمْ قَدْ رَكَعَ مَعَ النَّبِيِّ ﷺ وَسَجَدَتْ طَائِفَةٌ بِأَنْفُسِهِمْ سَجْدَتَيْنِ وَكَانَ الْعَدُوُّ مِمَّا يَلِي الْقِبْلَةَ

    It was narrated from Jabir bin ‘Abdullah that the Prophet ﷺ led his Companions in the fear prayer. He led them all in bowing, then the Messenger of Allah ﷺ and the row nearest him prostrated, and the others stood up, then when he stood up, they prostrated twice by themselves. Then the front row moved back and took their place, and they moved forward until they formed the front row. Then the Prophet ﷺ led them all in bowing, then the Messenger of Allah ﷺ and the row nearest to him prostrated, and when they raised their heads, the others prostrated twice. So all of them bowed with the Prophet ﷺ and some of them prostrated by themselves, and the enemy was in the direction of the Qiblah.

  459. Sunan Ibn Majah 1261Sahih

    إِنَّ الشَّمْسَ وَالْقَمَرَ لاَ يَنْكَسِفَانِ لِمَوْتِ أَحَدٍ مِنَ النَّاسِ فَإِذَا رَأَيْتُمُوهُ فَقُومُوا فَصَلُّوا

    The Messenger of Allah ﷺ said: “The sun and the moon do not become eclipsed for the death of anyone among mankind. If you see that, then stand and perform prayer.”

  460. Sunan Ibn Majah 1262Weak

    انْكَسَفَتِ الشَّمْسُ عَلَى عَهْدِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ فَخَرَجَ فَزِعًا يَجُرُّ ثَوْبَهُ حَتَّى أَتَى الْمَسْجِدَ فَلَمْ يَزَلْ يُصَلِّي حَتَّى انْجَلَتْ ثُمَّ قَالَ إِنَّ أُنَاسًا يَزْعُمُونَ أَنَّ الشَّمْسَ وَالْقَمَرَ لاَ يَنْكَسِفَانِ إِلاَّ لِمَوْتِ عَظِيمٍ مِنَ الْعُظَمَاءِ وَلَيْسَ كَذَلِكَ إِنَّ الشَّمْسَ وَالْقَمَرَ لاَ يَنْكَسِفَانِ لِمَوْتِ أَحَدٍ وَلاَ لِحَيَاتِهِ فَإِذَا تَجَلَّى اللَّهُ لِشَىْءٍ مِنْ خَلْقِهِ خَشَعَ لَهُ

    “The sun was eclipsed at the time of the Messenger of Allah ﷺ, and he came out alarmed, dragging his lower garment, until he reached the mosque. He continued to perform prayer until the eclipse was over, then he said: ‘Some people claim that the sun and moon only become eclipsed because of the death of a great leader. That is not so. The sun and the moon do not become eclipsed for the death or birth of anyone. When Allah manifests Himself to anything in His creation, it humbles itself before Him.’”

  461. Sunan Ibn Majah 1263Sahih

    كَسَفَتِ الشَّمْسُ فِي حَيَاةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ فَخَرَجَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ إِلَى الْمَسْجِدِ فَقَامَ فَكَبَّرَ فَصَفَّ النَّاسُ وَرَاءَهُ فَقَرَأَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ قِرَاءَةً طَوِيلَةً ثُمَّ كَبَّرَ فَرَكَعَ رُكُوعًا طَوِيلاً ثُمَّ رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ فَقَالَ سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ ثُمَّ قَامَ فَقَرَأَ قِرَاءَةً طَوِيلَةً هِيَ أَدْنَى مِنَ الْقِرَاءَةِ الأُولَى ثُمَّ كَبَّرَ فَرَكَعَ رُكُوعًا طَوِيلاً هُوَ أَدْنَى مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ الأَوَّلِ ثُمَّ قَالَ سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ ثُمَّ فَعَلَ فِي الرَّكْعَةِ الأُخْرَى مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ فَاسْتَكْمَلَ أَرْبَعَ رَكَعَاتٍ وَأَرْبَعَ سَجَدَاتٍ وَانْجَلَتِ الشَّمْسُ قَبْلَ أَنْ يَنْصَرِفَ ثُمَّ قَامَ فَخَطَبَ النَّاسَ فَأَثْنَى عَلَى اللَّهِ بِمَا هُوَ أَهْلُهُ ثُمَّ قَالَ إِنَّ الشَّمْسَ وَالْقَمَرَ آيَتَانِ مِنْ آيَاتِ اللَّهِ لاَ يَنْكَسِفَانِ لِمَوْتِ أَحَدٍ وَلاَ لِحَيَاتِهِ فَإِذَا رَأَيْتُمُوهُمَا فَافْزَعُوا إِلَى الصَّلاَةِ

    “The sun was eclipsed during the life of the Messenger of Allah ﷺ. The Messenger of Allah ﷺ went out to the mosque and stood and said the Takbir, and the people formed rows behind him. The Messenger of Allah ﷺ recited for a long time, then he said the Takbir and bowed for a long time. Then he raised his head and said: ‘Sami’ Allahu liman hamidah, Rabban was lakal-hamd.’ Then he stood and recited for a long time, but shorter than the first recitation. Then he said the Takbir and bowed for a long time, but less than the first bowing. Then he said: ‘Sami’ Allahu liman hamidah, Rabbana wa lakal-hamd.’ Then he did the same in the next Rak’ah, and he completed four Rak’ah and four sets of prostration, and the eclipse ended before he finished. Then he stood and addressed the people. He praised Allah as He deserves to be praised, then he said: ‘The sun and the moon are two of the signs of Allah. They do not become eclipsed for the death or birth of anyone. If you see that then seek help in prayer.’”

  462. Sunan Ibn Majah 1264Graders disagree

    صَلَّى بِنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ فِي الْكُسُوفِ فَلاَ نَسْمَعُ لَهُ صَوْتًا

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ led us in the eclipse prayer, and we did not hear his voice.”

  463. Sunan Ibn Majah 1265Sahih

    صَلَّى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ صَلاَةَ الْكُسُوفِ فَقَامَ فَأَطَالَ الْقِيَامَ ثُمَّ رَكَعَ فَأَطَالَ الرُّكُوعَ ثُمَّ رَفَعَ فَقَامَ فَأَطَالَ الْقِيَامَ ثُمَّ رَكَعَ فَأَطَالَ الرُّكُوعَ ثُمَّ رَفَعَ ثُمَّ سَجَدَ فَأَطَالَ السُّجُودَ ثُمَّ رَفَعَ ثُمَّ سَجَدَ فَأَطَالَ السُّجُودَ ثُمَّ رَفَعَ فَقَامَ فَأَطَالَ الْقِيَامَ ثُمَّ رَكَعَ فَأَطَالَ الرُّكُوعَ ثُمَّ رَفَعَ فَقَامَ فَأَطَالَ الْقِيَامَ ثُمَّ رَكَعَ فَأَطَالَ الرُّكُوعَ ثُمَّ رَفَعَ ثُمَّ سَجَدَ فَأَطَالَ السُّجُودَ ثُمَّ رَفَعَ ثُمَّ سَجَدَ فَأَطَالَ السُّجُودَ ثُمَّ انْصَرَفَ فَقَالَ لَقَدْ دَنَتْ مِنِّي الْجَنَّةُ حَتَّى لَوِ اجْتَرَأْتُ عَلَيْهَا لَجِئْتُكُمْ بِقِطَافٍ مِنْ قِطَافِهَا وَدَنَتْ مِنِّي النَّارُ حَتَّى قُلْتُ أَىْ رَبِّ وَأَنَا فِيهِمْ قَالَ نَافِعٌ حَسِبْتُ أَنَّهُ قَالَ وَرَأَيْتُ امْرَأَةً تَخْدِشُهَا هِرَّةٌ لَهَا فَقُلْتُ مَا شَأْنُ هَذِهِ قَالُوا حَبَسَتْهَا حَتَّى مَاتَتْ جُوعًا لاَ هِيَ أَطْعَمَتْهَا وَلاَ هِيَ أَرْسَلَتْهَا تَأْكُلُ مِنْ خِشَاشِ الأَرْضِ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ performed the eclipse prayer. He stood for a long time, then he bowed for a long time, then he stood up for a long time, then he bowed for a long time, then he stood up, then he prostrated for a long time, then he sat up, then he prostrated for a long time. He stood for a long time, then he bowed for a long time, then he stood up for a long time, then he bowed for a long time, then he stood up, then he prostrated for a long time, then he sat up, then he prostrated for a long time. Then he finished and said: ‘Paradise was brought close to me, so that if I had dared, I could have brought you some of its fruits. And Hell was brought near to me, until I said: “O Lord, am I one of them?” Nafi’ said: “I think that he said: ‘And I saw a woman being scratched by a cat that belonged to her. I said: “What is wrong with this woman?” They said: “She detained it until it died of hunger; she did not feed it and she did not let it loose to eat of the vermin of the earth.”

  464. Sunan Ibn Majah 1266Hasan or sahih

    أَرْسَلَنِي أَمِيرٌ مِنَ الأُمَرَاءِ إِلَى ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ أَسْأَلُهُ عَنِ الصَّلاَةِ فِي الاِسْتِسْقَاءِ فَقَالَ ابْنُ عَبَّاسٍ مَا مَنَعَهُ أَنْ يَسْأَلَنِي قَالَ خَرَجَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ مُتَوَاضِعًا مُتَبَذِّلاً مُتَخَشِّعًا مُتَرَسِّلاً مُتَضَرِّعًا فَصَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ كَمَا يُصَلِّي فِي الْعِيدِ وَلَمْ يَخْطُبْ خُطْبَتَكُمْ هَذِهِ

    “One of the chiefs sent me to Ibn ‘Abbas to ask him about the prayer for rain. Ibn ‘Abbas said: ‘What kept him from asking me?’ He said: ‘The Messenger of Allah ﷺ went out humbly, walking with a humble and moderate gait, imploring, and he performed two Rak’ah as he used to pray for ‘Eid, but he did not give a sermon like this sermon of yours.’”

  465. Sunan Ibn Majah 1267Sahih

    أَنَّهُ شَهِدَ النَّبِيَّ ﷺ خَرَجَ إِلَى الْمُصَلَّى لِيَسْتَسْقِيَ فَاسْتَقْبَلَ الْقِبْلَةَ وَقَلَبَ رِدَاءَهُ وَصَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الصَّبَّاحِ أَنْبَأَنَا سُفْيَانُ عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ سَعِيدٍ عَنْ أَبِي بَكْرِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَمْرِو بْنِ حَزْمٍ عَنْ عَبَّادِ بْنِ تَمِيمٍ عَنْ عَمِّهِ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ ﷺ بِمِثْلِهِ قَالَ سُفْيَانُ عَنِ الْمَسْعُودِيِّ قَالَ سَأَلْتُ أَبَا بَكْرِ بْنَ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو أَجَعَلَ أَعْلاَهُ أَسْفَلَهُ أَوِ الْيَمِينَ عَلَى الشِّمَالِ قَالَ لاَ بَلِ الْيَمِينَ عَلَى الشِّمَالِ

    “I heard ‘Abbad bin Tamim narrating to my father that his paternal uncle had seen the Prophet ﷺ going out to the prayer place to pray for rain. He faced the Qiblah and turned his cloak around, and prayed two Rak’ah.” (One of the narrators) Muhammad bin Sabbah said: “Sufyan told us something similar, narrating from Yahya bin Saʿeed, from Abu Bakr bin Muhammad bin ʿAmr bin Hazm. from ʿAbbad bin Tamim, from his paternal uncle, from the Prophet ﷺ.” Sufyan narrated that Al-Masʿudi said: “I asked Abu Bakr bin Muhammad bin ʿAmr: 'Did he turn it upside down or right to left?' He said: 'No, it was right to left.'”

  466. Sunan Ibn Majah 1268Weak

    خَرَجَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ يَوْمًا يَسْتَسْقِي فَصَلَّى بِنَا رَكْعَتَيْنِ بِلاَ أَذَانٍ وَلاَ إِقَامَةٍ ثُمَّ خَطَبَنَا وَدَعَا اللَّهَ وَحَوَّلَ وَجْهَهُ نَحْوَ الْقِبْلَةِ رَافِعًا يَدَيْهِ ثُمَّ قَلَبَ رِدَاءَهُ فَجَعَلَ الأَيْمَنَ عَلَى الأَيْسَرِ وَالأَيْسَرَ عَلَى الأَيْمَنِ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ went out one day to pray for rain. He led us in praying two Rak’ah without any Adhan or Iqamah, then he addressed us and supplicated to Allah. He turned to face the Qiblah, raising his hands, then he turned his cloak around, putting its right on the left and its left on the right.”

  467. Sunan Ibn Majah 1269Graders disagree

    حَدِّثْنَا عَنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ وَاحْذَرْ قَالَ جَاءَ رَجُلٌ إِلَى النَّبِيِّ ﷺ فَقَالَ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ اسْتَسْقِ اللَّهَ فَرَفَعَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ يَدَيْهِ فَقَالَ اللَّهُمَّ اسْقِنَا غَيْثًا مَرِيئًا مَرِيعًا طَبَقًا عَاجِلاً غَيْرَ رَائِثٍ نَافِعًا غَيْرَ ضَارٍّ قَالَ فَمَا جَمَّعُوا حَتَّى أُجِيبُوا قَالَ فَأَتَوْهُ فَشَكَوْا إِلَيْهِ الْمَطَرَ فَقَالُوا يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ تَهَدَّمَتِ الْبُيُوتُ فَقَالَ اللَّهُمَّ حَوَالَيْنَا وَلاَ عَلَيْنَا قَالَ فَجَعَلَ السَّحَابُ يَنْقَطِعُ يَمِينًا وَشِمَالاً

    “O Ka’b bin Murrah, narrate to us a Hadith from the Messenger of Allah ﷺ, but be careful.” He said: “A man came to the Prophet ﷺ and said: ‘O Messenger of Allah, ask Allah for rain!’ So the Messenger of Allah ﷺ raised his hands and said: ‘O Allah! Send wholesome, productive rain upon all of us, sooner rather than later, beneficial and not harmful.’ No sooner had they finished performing Friday (prayer) but they were revived. Then they came to him and complained to him about the rain, saying: ‘O Allah, around us and not upon us.’ Then the clouds began to disperse right and left.”

  468. Sunan Ibn Majah 1270Weak

    جَاءَ أَعْرَابِيٌّ إِلَى النَّبِيِّ ﷺ فَقَالَ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ لَقَدْ جِئْتُكَ مِنْ عِنْدِ قَوْمٍ مَا يَتَزَوَّدُ لَهُمْ رَاعٍ وَلاَ يَخْطِرُ لَهُمْ فَحْلٌ فَصَعِدَ الْمِنْبَرَ فَحَمِدَ اللَّهَ ثُمَّ قَالَ اللَّهُمَّ اسْقِنَا غَيْثًا مُغِيثًا مَرِيئًا طَبَقًا مَرِيعًا غَدَقًا عَاجِلاً غَيْرَ رَائِثٍ ثُمَّ نَزَلَ فَمَا يَأْتِيهِ أَحَدٌ مِنْ وَجْهٍ مِنَ الْوُجُوهِ إِلاَّ قَالُوا قَدْ أُحْيِينَا

    “A Bedouin came to the Prophet ﷺ and said: ‘O Messenger of Allah, I have come to you from people who have no place to graze their flocks and even their male camels have become weak. He mounted the pulpit and praised Allah, then he said: ‘O Allah, send upon us all abundant, wholesome rain, productive and plentiful, sooner rather than later.’ Then the rain came down, and no one came to him from any direction but they said: ‘We have been revived.’”

  469. Sunan Ibn Majah 1271Graders disagree

    أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ﷺ اسْتَسْقَى حَتَّى رَأَيْتُ أَوْ رُؤِيَ بَيَاضُ إِبْطَيْهِ قَالَ مُعْتَمِرٌ أُرَاهُ فِي الاِسْتِسْقَاءِ

    “The Prophet ﷺ supplicated for rain (raising his hands) until I saw or one could see the whiteness of his armpits.”

  470. Sunan Ibn Majah 1272Hasan

    رُبَّمَا ذَكَرْتُ قَوْلَ الشَّاعِرِ وَأَنَا أَنْظُرُ إِلَى وَجْهِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ عَلَى الْمِنْبَرِ فَمَا نَزَلَ حَتَّى جَيَّشَ كُلُّ مِيزَابٍ بِالْمَدِينَةِ فَأَذْكُرُ قَوْلَ الشَّاعِرِ وَأَبْيَضَ يُسْتَسْقَى الْغَمَامُ بِوَجْهِهِ ثِمَالُ الْيَتَامَى عِصْمَةٌ لِلأَرَامِلِ وَهُوَ قَوْلُ أَبِي طَالِبٍ

    “Sometimes I remember the words of the poet when I was looking at the face of the Messenger of Allah ﷺ on the pulpit. He did not come down until all the waterspouts in Al-Madinah were filled with rain. And I remember what the poet said: ‘He has a white complexion and rain is sought by virtue of his countenance, He cares for the orphans, and protects the widows, These are the words of Abu Talib.”

  471. Sunan Ibn Majah 1273Sahih

    أَشْهَدُ عَلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ أَنَّهُ صَلَّى قَبْلَ الْخُطْبَةِ ثُمَّ خَطَبَ فَرَأَى أَنَّهُ لَمْ يُسْمِعِ النِّسَاءَ فَأَتَاهُنَّ فَذَكَّرَهُنَّ وَوَعَظَهُنَّ وَأَمَرَهُنَّ بِالصَّدَقَةِ وَبِلاَلٌ قَائِلٌ بِيَدَيْهِ هَكَذَا فَجَعَلَتِ الْمَرْأَةُ تُلْقِي الْخُرْصَ وَالْخَاتَمَ وَالشَّىْءَ

    “I heard Ibn ‘Abbas say: ‘I bear witness that the Messenger of Allah ﷺ prayed before the sermon, then he delivered the sermon. And he thought that the women had not heard, so he went over to them and reminded them (of Allah) and preached to them and enjoined them to give in charity, and Bilal was spreading his hands like this, and the women started giving their earrings, rings and things.’”

  472. Sunan Ibn Majah 1274Sahih

    أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ﷺ صَلَّى يَوْمَ الْعِيدِ بِغَيْرِ أَذَانٍ وَلاَ إِقَامَةٍ

    It was narrated from Ibn ‘Abbas that the Prophet ﷺ prayed on the day of ‘Eid with no Adhan and no Iqamah.

  473. Sunan Ibn Majah 1275Sahih

    أَخْرَجَ مَرْوَانُ الْمِنْبَرَ يَوْمَ الْعِيدِ فَبَدَأَ بِالْخُطْبَةِ قَبْلَ الصَّلاَةِ فَقَامَ رَجُلٌ فَقَالَ يَا مَرْوَانُ خَالَفْتَ السُّنَّةَ أَخْرَجْتَ الْمِنْبَرَ يَوْمَ عِيدٍ وَلَمْ يَكُنْ يُخْرَجُ بِهِ وَبَدَأْتَ بِالْخُطْبَةِ قَبْلَ الصَّلاَةِ وَلَمْ يَكُنْ يُبْدَأُ بِهَا فَقَالَ أَبُو سَعِيدٍ أَمَّا هَذَا فَقَدْ قَضَى مَا عَلَيْهِ سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ يَقُولُ مَنْ رَأَى مُنْكَرًا فَاسْتَطَاعَ أَنْ يُغَيِّرَهُ بِيَدِهِ فَلْيُغَيِّرْهُ بِيَدِهِ فَإِنْ لَمْ يَسْتَطِعْ فَبِلِسَانِهِ فَإِنْ لَمْ يَسْتَطِعْ بِلِسَانِهِ فَبِقَلْبِهِ وَذَلِكَ أَضْعَفُ الإِيمَانِ

    “Marwan brought the pulpit out one ‘Eid day and started to deliver the sermon before the prayer. A man stood up and said: ‘O Commander of the Believers, you have gone against the Sunnah. You have brought the pulpit out on the day of ‘Eid and it was not brought out before, and you started with the sermon before the prayer, when this was not done before.’ Abu Sa’eed said: ‘As for this man, he has done his duty. I heard the Messenger of Allah ﷺ say: “Whoever among you sees an evil action, and he is able to change it with his hand, then change it with his hand (by taking action); if he cannot, (do so) with his tongue then with his tongue (by speaking out); and if he cannot then with his heart (by hating it and feeling that it is wrong), and that is the weakest of faith.”

  474. Sunan Ibn Majah 1276Sahih

    كَانَ النَّبِيُّ ﷺ ثُمَّ أَبُو بَكْرٍ ثُمَّ عُمَرُ يُصَلُّونَ الْعِيدَ قَبْلَ الْخُطْبَةِ

    “The Prophet ﷺ, then Abu Bakr, then ‘Umar, used to pray the ‘Eid prayer before delivering the sermon.”

  475. Sunan Ibn Majah 1277Hasan or sahih

    كَانَ يُكَبِّرُ فِي الْعِيدَيْنِ فِي الأُولَى سَبْعًا قَبْلَ الْقِرَاءَةِ وَفِي الآخِرَةِ خَمْسًا قَبْلَ الْقِرَاءَةِ

    ‘Abdur-Rahman bin Sa’d bin ‘Ammar bin Sa’d, the Mu’adhdhin of the Messenger of Allah ﷺ, narrated from his father, from his father, from his grandfather, that the Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to say the Takbir in the ‘Eid prayer, seven times in the first (Rak’ah) before reciting Qur’an, and five times in the second before reciting Qur’an.

  476. Sunan Ibn Majah 1278Hasan or sahih

    أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ﷺ كَبَّرَ فِي صَلاَةِ الْعِيدِ سَبْعًا وَخَمْسًا

    It was narrated from ‘Amr bin Shu’aib, from his father, from his grandfather, that the Prophet ﷺ said the Takbir seven times and five times in the ‘Eid prayer.

  477. Sunan Ibn Majah 1279Hasan or sahih

    أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ كَبَّرَ فِي الْعِيدَيْنِ سَبْعًا فِي الأُولَى وَخَمْسًا فِي الآخِرَةِ

    Kathir bin ‘Abdullah bin ‘Amr bin ‘Awf narrated, from his father, from his grandfather, that the Messenger of Allah ﷺ said the Takbir in the ‘Eid prayers, seven times in the first Rak’ah and five times in the second.

  478. Sunan Ibn Majah 1280Hasan or sahih

    أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ كَبَّرَ فِي الْفِطْرِ وَالأَضْحَى سَبْعًا وَخَمْسًا سِوَى تَكْبِيرَتَىِ الرُّكُوعِ

    It was narrated from ‘Aishah that the Messenger of Allah ﷺ said the Takbir seven and five times in (the prayer for ‘Eid) Fitr and Adha, apart from the Takbir for Ruku’ (bowing).

  479. Sunan Ibn Majah 1281Sahih

    كَانَ يَقْرَأُ فِي الْعِيدَيْنِ بِ {سَبِّحِ اسْمَ رَبِّكَ الأَعْلَى} وَ {هَلْ أَتَاكَ حَدِيثُ الْغَاشِيَةِ}

    It was narrated from Nu’man bin Bashir that the Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to recite “Glorify the Name of your Lord, the Most High,” [Al-A’la (87)] and “Has there come to you the narration of the overwhelming?” [Al-Ghashiyah (88)] in the ‘Eid prayer.

  480. Sunan Ibn Majah 1282Sahih

    خَرَجَ عُمَرُ يَوْمَ عِيدٍ فَأَرْسَلَ إِلَى أَبِي وَاقِدٍ اللَّيْثِيِّ بِأَىِّ شَىْءٍ كَانَ النَّبِيُّ ﷺ يَقْرَأُ فِي مِثْلِ هَذَا الْيَوْمِ؟ قَالَ بِ {ق} وَاقْتَرَبَتْ

    “Umar went out on the day of ‘Eid and sent word to Abu Waqid Al-Laithi asking what the Prophet ﷺ used to recite on this day. He said: ‘Qaf [Qaf (50)] and ‘Iqtarabat’.” [Al-Qamar (54)]

  481. Sunan Ibn Majah 1283Hasan or sahih

    كَانَ يَقْرَأُ فِي الْعِيدَيْنِ بِ {سَبِّحِ اسْمَ رَبِّكَ الأَعْلَى } وَ {هَلْ أَتَاكَ حَدِيثُ الْغَاشِيَةِ }

    It was narrated from Ibn ‘Abbas that the Prophet ﷺ used to recite in the ‘Eid prayer “Glorify the Name of your Lord, the Most High.” [Al-A’la (87)] and “Has there come to you the narration of the overwhelming?” [Al-Ghashiyah (88)]

  482. Sunan Ibn Majah 1284Hasan

    رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ ﷺ يَخْطُبُ عَلَى نَاقَةٍ وَحَبَشِيٌّ آخِذٌ بِخِطَامِهَا

    “I saw Abu Kahil, and he was a Companions, and my brother narrated to me that he said: ‘I saw the Prophet ﷺ delivering the sermon atop his she-camel, and an Ethiopian was holding onto its reins.’”

  483. Sunan Ibn Majah 1285Hasan

    رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ ﷺ يَخْطُبُ عَلَى نَاقَةٍ حَسْنَاءَ وَحَبَشِيٌّ آخِذٌ بِخِطَامِهَا

    “I saw the Prophet ﷺ delivering the sermon atop a beautiful she-camel, and an Ethiopian was holding onto its reins.”

  484. Sunan Ibn Majah 1286Graders disagree

    رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ ﷺ يَخْطُبُ عَلَى بَعِيرِهِ

    “I saw the Prophet ﷺ delivering the sermon atop his camel.”

  485. Sunan Ibn Majah 1287Weak

    كَانَ النَّبِيُّ ﷺ يُكَبِّرُ بَيْنَ أَضْعَافِ الْخُطْبَةِ يُكْثِرُ التَّكْبِيرَ فِي خُطْبَةِ الْعِيدَيْنِ

    “The Prophet ﷺ used to say the Takbir between the two sermons and he used to say the Takbir a great deal in the sermon of ‘Eid.”

  486. Sunan Ibn Majah 1288Sahih

    كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ يَخْرُجُ يَوْمَ الْعِيدِ فَيُصَلِّي بِالنَّاسِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ ثُمَّ يُسَلِّمُ فَيَقِفُ عَلَى رِجْلَيْهِ فَيَسْتَقْبِلُ النَّاسَ وَهُمْ جُلُوسٌ فَيَقُولُ تَصَدَّقُوا تَصَدَّقُوا فَأَكْثَرُ مَنْ يَتَصَدَّقُ النِّسَاءُ بِالْقُرْطِ وَالْخَاتَمِ وَالشَّىْءِ فَإِنْ كَانَتْ حَاجَةٌ يُرِيدُ أَنْ يَبْعَثَ بَعْثًا ذَكَرَهُ لَهُمْ وَإِلاَّ انْصَرَفَ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to go out on the day of ‘Eid and lead the people in praying two Rak’ah, then he would say the Salam and stand on his two feet facing the people while they were sitting down. He would say: ‘Give in charity. Give in charity.’ Those who gave most in charity were the women, (they would give) earrings and rings and things. If he wanted to send out an expedition he would mention it, otherwise he would leave.”

  487. Sunan Ibn Majah 1289Weak

    خَرَجَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ يَوْمَ فِطْرٍ أَوْ أَضْحًى فَخَطَبَ قَائِمًا ثُمَّ قَعَدَ قَعْدَةً ثُمَّ قَامَ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ went out on the Day of Al-Fitr or Al-Adha, and delivered a sermon standing up. Then he sat down briefly, then stood up again.”

  488. Sunan Ibn Majah 1290Sahih

    حَضَرْتُ الْعِيدَ مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ فَصَلَّى بِنَا الْعِيدَ ثُمَّ قَالَ قَدْ قَضَيْنَا الصَّلاَةَ فَمَنْ أَحَبَّ أَنْ يَجْلِسَ لِلْخُطْبَةِ فَلْيَجْلِسْ وَمَنْ أَحَبَّ أَنْ يَذْهَبَ فَلْيَذْهَبْ

    “I attended the ‘Eid prayer with the Messenger of Allah ﷺ. He led us in offering the ‘Eid prayer, then he said: ‘I have finished the prayer. Whoever wants to sit (and listen to) the sermon, then let him sit, and whoever wants to leave, then let him leave.’”

  489. Sunan Ibn Majah 1291Sahih

    أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ خَرَجَ فَصَلَّى بِهِمُ الْعِيدَ لَمْ يُصَلِّ قَبْلَهَا وَلاَ بَعْدَهَا

    It was narrated from Ibn ‘Abbas that the Messenger of Allah ﷺ went out and led them in the ‘Eid prayer, and he did not pray before it or after it.

  490. Sunan Ibn Majah 1292Hasan or sahih

    أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ﷺ لَمْ يُصَلِّ قَبْلَهَا وَلاَ بَعْدَهَا فِي عِيدٍ

    It was narrated from ‘Amr bin Shu’aib, from his father, from his grandfather, that the Prophet ﷺ did not pray before or after the ‘Eid prayer.

  491. Sunan Ibn Majah 1293Graders disagree

    كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ لاَ يُصَلِّي قَبْلَ الْعِيدِ شَيْئًا فَإِذَا رَجَعَ إِلَى مَنْزِلِهِ صَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ did not pray before the ‘Eid prayer, but when he went back to his house he would pray two Rak’ah.”

  492. Sunan Ibn Majah 1294Graders disagree

    كَانَ يَخْرُجُ إِلَى الْعِيدِ مَاشِيًا وَيَرْجِعُ مَاشِيًا

    “My father told me, from his father, from his grandfather, that the Prophet ﷺ used to go out to the ‘Eid prayers walking, and he would come back walking.”

  493. Sunan Ibn Majah 1295Graders disagree

    كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ ﷺ يَخْرُجُ إِلَى الْعِيدِ مَاشِيًا وَيَرْجِعُ مَاشِيًا

    “The Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to go out to the ‘Eid prayers walking, and come back walking.”

  494. Sunan Ibn Majah 1296Graders disagree

    إِنَّ مِنَ السُّنَّةِ أَنْ يَمْشِيَ إِلَى الْعِيدِ

    “It is part of the Sunnah to walk to ‘Eid (prayers).”

  495. Sunan Ibn Majah 1297Graders disagree

    كَانَ يَأْتِي الْعِيدَ مَاشِيًا

    It was narrated from Muhammad bin ‘Ubaidullah bin Abu Rafi’, from his father, from his grandfather, that the Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to come to ‘Eid prayers walking.

  496. Sunan Ibn Majah 1298Weak

    كَانَ إِذَا خَرَجَ إِلَى الْعِيدَيْنِ سَلَكَ عَلَى دَارَىْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ أَبِي الْعَاصِ ثُمَّ عَلَى أَصْحَابِ الْفَسَاطِيطِ ثُمَّ انْصَرَفَ فِي الطَّرِيقِ الأُخْرَى طَرِيقِ بَنِي زُرَيْقٍ ثُمَّ يَخْرُجُ عَلَى دَارِ عَمَّارِ بْنِ يَاسِرٍ وَدَارِ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ إِلَى الْبَلاَطِ

    “My father told me, from his father, from his grandfather, that when the Prophet ﷺ went out on the two ‘Eid, he would pass by the house of Sa’eed bin Abul-‘As, then by the people of the tent, then he would leave by a different route, via Banu Zuraiq, then he would go out by the house of ‘Ammar bin Yasir and the house of Abu Hurairah to Balat.”

  497. Sunan Ibn Majah 1299Hasan or sahih

    أَنَّهُ كَانَ يَخْرُجُ إِلَى الْعِيدِ فِي طَرِيقٍ وَيَرْجِعُ فِي أُخْرَى وَيَزْعُمُ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ ﷺ كَانَ يَفْعَلُ ذَلِكَ

    It was narrated from Ibn ‘Umar that he used to go out to the ‘Eid prayers via one route, and return via another, and he said that the Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to do that.

  498. Sunan Ibn Majah 1300Graders disagree

    أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ ﷺ كَانَ يَأْتِي الْعِيدَ مَاشِيًا وَيَرْجِعُ مَاشِيًا فِي غَيْرِ الطَّرِيقِ الَّذِي ابْتَدَأَ فِيهِ

    It was narrated from Muhammad bin ‘Ubaidullah bin Abu Rafi’, from his father, from his grandfather, that the Messenger of Allah ﷺ used to come to ‘Eid prayers walking, and that he would go back via a different route than the one he began with.

  499. Sunan Ibn Majah 1301Sahih

    كَانَ إِذَا خَرَجَ إِلَى الْعِيدِ رَجَعَ فِي غَيْرِ الطَّرِيقِ الَّذِي أَخَذَ فِيهِ

    It was narrated from Abu Hurairah that when the Prophet ﷺ went out to ‘Eid (prayers), he would return via another route than the first one he took.

  500. Sunan Ibn Majah 1302Weak

    مَالِي لاَ أَرَاكُمْ تُقَلِّسُونَ كَمَا كَانَ يُقَلَّسُ عِنْدَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ ﷺ

    “Iyad Al-Ash’ari was in Anbar at the time of ‘Eid, and he said: ‘Why is it that I do not see you engaged in Taqlis as was done in the presence of the Messenger of Allah ﷺ?’” Taqlis means to indulge in celebrations on a festive occasion.

Showing the first 500 hadith of this chapter.